EPA-600/5-74 019
October 1974
                      Socioeconomic Environmental Studies Series
    Influences  on Wastewater
    Management On Land  Use:
    Tahoe Basin  1950 - 1972
                               Office of Research and Development
                               U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                               Washington, D.C. 20460

-------
                           RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES
 Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, Environmental
 Protection Agency,  have been grouped into five series.  These  five broad
 categories were established to facilitate further development  and appli-
 cation of environmental technology.  Elimination of traditional grouping
 was  consciously planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum inter-
 face in related fields.  The five series are:

      1.   Environmental Health Effects Research
      2.   Environmental Protection Technology
      3.   Ecological Research
      4.   Environmental Monitoring
      5.   Socioeconomic Environmental Studies

 This report has been assigned to the SOCIQECONOMIC ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
 series.   This  series includes research on environmental management,
 economic analysis,  ecological impacts, comprehensive planning  and fore-
 casting  and analysis methodologies.  Included are tools for determining
 varying  impacts of  alternative policies, analyses of environmental plan-
 ning techniques at  the regional, state and local levels, and approaches
 to measuring environmental quality perceptions,  as well as analysis of
 ecological  and  economic impacts of environmental protection measures.
 Such topics as  urban form, industrial mix, growth policies, control and
 organizational  structure are discussed in terms  of optimal environmental
 performance.  These interdisciplinary studies and systems analyses are
 presented  in forms  varying from quantitative relational analyses to manage-
 ment  and policy-oriented reports.
                               EPA REVIEW NOTICE
This report has been reviewed by  the  Office  of Research and Development,
EPA, and approved for publication.  Approval does  not signify that the
contents necessarily reflect the  views  and policies  of the Environmental
Protection Agency, nor does mention of  trade names or commercial products
constitute endorsement or recommendation  for use.
        Vat sals by the Superintendent of Documents, U.8. Giwnimout Printing Ollko, Washington, 11.C. mWi - I'rluo $2.M

-------
                                      EPA-600/5-74-019
                                      October 1974
  INFLUENCES  ON  WASTEWATER  MANAGEMENT

  ON LAND USE:   TAHOE  BASIN  1950-1972
                   by
              James E.  Pepper
                   and
           Robert E.  Jorgensen
        Contract No.   68-01-1842
         Program Element 1HA095
               21AZC/03
            Project Officer

            Harold V.  Kibby
    Ecological Impact Analysis Staff
Washington Environmental Research Center
         Washington, DC  20U60
             Prepared For
  OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
       Washington, D.C.  20460

-------
                                FOREWORD


 The  widespread  use  of environmental  impact  analysis  as  a means  of  achiev-
 ing  Federal  agency  decision-making  responsive  to  environmental  concerns
 was  initiated by the  passage  of the  National Environmental  Policy  Act of
 1969.   The Act  required  that  Federal  agencies  prepare statements assessing
 the  environmental impact of their major  actions significantly affecting
 the  human environment.   In subsequent years Federal  agencies developed
 procedures for  the  preparation  of environmental impact  statements, often
 requiring similar analyses and  statements from local governments and the
 private sector  as a requirement for  the  award  of  Federal permits or grants.
 In addition, some states adopted environmental  impact statement require-
 ments.   Recent  revisions of guidelines for  the preparation  of Federal impact
 statements,  issued  by the Council on  Environmental Quality, have defined
 clear requirements  as to what can be  expected  in  impact statements from
 Federal  agencies.   However, such uniformity of procedures and approach has
 not  been extended below  the Federal  level on either  Federal agency require-
 ments or individual state requirements.  Further, while the guidelines
 may  specify what is desired in  Federal impact  statements, technical approach-
 es to meeting these objectives  may not always  be  available  and  universally
 acceptable.

 As a part of its series  of Socioeconomic Environmental  Studies, the En-
 vironmental Protection Agency,  Office of Research and Development, is
 conducting research whose objectives  are to:

         Improve the  technical  quality of environmental impact
         analyses in  areas of Agency  responsibility.

         Improve the  ability of the Agency  to  provide substantive
         technical  review of environmental  impact statements pre-
         pared  by other  agencies, and

         Improve the  effectiveness of the use  of environmental
         impact analyses  in influencing decision-making at all
         governmental levels.

 The Council on  Environmental Quality's new  guidelines requires  that impact
 statements from Federal  agencies also address  the problem o.f stimulated
 growth associated with proposed actions and the environmental  impact of
 that growth.   This  publication  is part of a series of reports designed to
 assess such secondary impacts associated with  highway and wastewater col-
 lection and treatment facilities.  The report  is a comprehensive analysis
of the impact that wastewater facilities have  had in a  high mountain re-
creational  area of  national  significance.  The study was conducted by
James E. Pepper and his Associates at the University of California, Santa
Cruz, under contract  from the Ecological  Studies and Technology Assessment
Branch,   Implementation Research Division.
                                       B. Royce', Di rector-x
                                 Ecological Impact Analysis Staff
                                 Washington Environmental Research Center
                                 11

-------
                                ABSTRACT
Statistical  analysis indicates that wastewater infrastructure  projects
have had a significant influence on the land use pattern in  the  Lake
Tahoe Basin.  Land use densities have increased immediately  following the
expansion of plant capacities in areas serviced by three of  the  four
major wastewater treatment facilities.  The subdivision approval rate of
raw land was also found to be a function of anticipated treatment capa-
city.  Federal and state water quality agencies played an active and
central role in wastewater management programs designed to remove the
threat of water pollution at Lake Tahoe.  Cooperation among  all  levels
of government led to expeditious resolution of the water quality problem
in spite of the numerous geographic, economic and political  constraints
in the region.  However, the provision of sewerage facilities also removed
land development constraints. Local governments, acting without coordinated
land use policies, permitted intensive land uses which could not have
occurred with septic tank treatment.  These increases in land use have
subsequently produced major environmental problems in the Tahoe Basin.
Thus the singular focus on water quality led to unforeseen environmental
impacts resulting from the land use changes made possible by the pro-
vision of extensive sewerage systems.


"This report was submitted in fulfillment of Contract Number 68-01-1842
under the sponsorship of the Office of Research and Development, Environ-
mental Protection Agency."
                                  iii

-------
                  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS
        FORWARD ..............................                     f
        ABSTRACT .......................................      ...
        TABLE OF CONTENTS .................................      iv
        FIGURES ......
                   .......................................    vm
        TABLES ................................
        ACKNOWLEDGMENTS ...................................     x1v
  I     CONCLUSIONS ....................................        -,
 H     RECOMMENDATIONS ...................................       5
HI     INTRODUCTION ..........................                    7
          Statement of the Research  Problem
          Purpose and Scope of the Research
 IV     ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ISSUES ......................      10
          A New Dimension in Public  Policy
          The Issue at Lake Tahoe
          Land Use
  V     CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LAKE  TAHOE  BASIN ...........      17
          Physical  and Biological  Characteristics
          Social  and Economic Characteristics
          Institutional  and Regulatory  Characteristics
          Growth  and Development  Context
               Conceptual  Model
               Development Models
 VI      QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS .............................      29
          Summary  of Findings
                            iv

-------
SECTION                                                        PAGE
  VI     QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS  continued	       31
           Quantitative Changes in  Land Use  and Wastewater
             Management
           Measures of Land Use Development
                Level 3—Conceptualized and  Planned  Development
                Level 4—Legally Committed Development
                Level 5—Physical  Development
           Measures of Wastewater Management Activity
                Level a—Conceptualized Development
                Level 4—Legally Committed Development
                Level 5—Physical  Development
           Relationships Between Land Use and  Wastewater
             Management Activity
                Data Characteristics
                Statistical Analysis
                Fi ndi ngs
                Subdivision of Marginal  Lands
 VII     POLICY ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION	        64
           Selected  Findings
           Government Response to Lake Tahoe Water Pollution
             Concerns
                Federal  and State Programs
                Influence of Water Quality Projects on Land Use
           Local  Sewerage District Activities
           The Critical  Relationship Between Wastewater
             Treatment  and Water Supply

-------
SECTION                                                         PAGE
 VII     POLICY ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION continued	        64
           Local and Regional Regulation of Land Use
                Subdivision Control
                The Transition from Local  to Regional  Planning
                TRPA Land Use Controls
                TRPA Concerns for Wastewater Management
VIII     OVERVIEW AND PROSPECT	        92
           Descriptive Model
                Conceptual  Framework
                Components
                Structure
                Period One:    '1950-1959
                Period Two:     1960-1969
                Period Three:  1970  to  present
           Prospect
                Wastewater  Management
                Stormwater  Runoff Management
                Water Supply
                Transportation
                Energy Use
                Land Use Control
                Recreation
                Summary
                               vi

-------
SECTION                                                        PAGE
  IX     REFERENCES	        105
   X     ABBREVIATIONS	        126
  XI     APPENDICES
           APPENDIX A — Chronical  of Influential  Events
                           and Decisions:   Lake Tahoe
                           Basin 1950-1972	        127
           APPENDIX B -- Statutory and Regulatory  Context        139
           APPENDIX C — Population Projections	        148
           APPENDIX D — Statistical Analysis	        154
           APPENDIX E — Land Use and Wastewater
                           Management Data Sets	        166
                                vn

-------
                                  FIGURES
                                                                    Page
 Figure III - i  Environmental  Quality:   Relationships Between
                 Land Use and Wastewater Management	8
 Figure IV - 1   TRPA Regional  Plan:   Environmental Impact
                 Summary 	               .
 Figure IV - 2   Congruence Among Land Use Levels as an Indicator
                 of Responsiveness to Environmental Policy 	  15
 Figure V - 1     Lake Tahoe Location  Map	      19
 Figure V - 2     Public Land Ownership - Lake Tahoe Basin 	  21
 Figure V - 3     Political  Geography  -  Lake  Tahoe Basin	22
 Figure V - 4     Sewerage Districts - Lake Tahoe Basin	24
 Figure V - 5     Sewage Treatment Plants  and  Export Lines  --  Lake
                 Tahoe  Basin  	
 Figure V  -  6     Conceptual Model  of  Land  Development  Process  --
                 Lake Tahoe Basin  1950-1972 	           26
 Figure  VI - 1    Timing  of Wastewater Management  Facility  Provision
                 and Expansion	              43
 Figure  VII - l  Wastewater Grant Review Process  (California)  ...  72
 Figure VIII - 1 Conceptual Model of Land Development Process --
                Lake Tahoe Basin 1950-1972 	  94
Figure VIII -  2 Descriptive Model -  Period One:   1950-1959 .... 95
Figure VIII -  3 Descriptive Model -  Transition:   Period One
                Period Two	                      .97
                               viii

-------
                                                                       PAGE
Figure VIII - 4   Descriptive Model  — Period Two:   1960-1969  ...       98
Figure VIII - 5   Descriptive Model  — Transition:   Period  Two
                  Period Three 	      99
Figure VIII - 6   Descriptive Model  — Period Three:  1970-Present.       101
Figure C - 1      Comparison of Ultimate/Saturation Population
                  Projections	
                                IX

-------
                                  TABLES
Table IV - 1     Generic Influences on the Land Development
                 Process	   !4
Table V - 1      Dominant Characteristics of the Land Development
                 Process:  Lake Tahoe Region, Major Periods
                 1950-1972	   28
Table VI - 1     Measures of Land Development:  Land Use and
                 Wastewater Management 	   30
Table VI - 2     Acreage Comparison of Land Use Categories Indicated
                 on Interim Plan and TRPA Plan	   32
Table VI - 3     Number of Subdivided Lots Approved for Lake Tahoe
                 Basin by County 1950-1972 	   33
Table VI - 4     Building Permits Issued for Housing Units --
                 Lake Tahoe Basin 1960-1970 	  34
Table VI - 5     Building Permits Issued for Condominium Units  —
                 Lake Tahoe Basin 1960-1970 	  34
Table VI - 6     U.S. Housing Starts 1960-1970	   35
Table VI - 7     Assessed Value — Lake Tahoe Basin 1950-1970 ...  36
Table VI - 8     Population Estimates — Lake Tahoe Basin 1950-1970. 36
Table VI - 9     Total  Housing Units — Lake Tahoe Basin
                 1960-1970 	 37
Table VI - 10    Dwelling Units - Lake Tahoe Basin (Field
                 Check April  1971) 	   37

-------
                                                                     Page
Table VI - 11
Table VI
Table VI
Table VI

Table VI
Table VI
12.
13
14

15
16
Table VI - 17
Table VI - 18
Table VI
Table VI
19
20
Table VI - 21
Table VI - 22
Table VI
Table VI
Table VI
Table VI
23
24
25
26
Gaming Revenues -- Nevada Counties with Urban
Areas in Lake Tahoe Basin 	
Skier Days -- Lake Tahoe Basin 1960-1972 	
Motor Vehicles Entering Tahoe Basin 1950-1972 .  .
Average Daily Peak Month Sewage Flows and Plant
Capacities 	
Summary of Sewerage District Development 	
Calculated Peak Population Assuming Various Per
Capita Flows — Lake Tahoe Basin 1970 	
Data Classification Showing Characteristics of
Longitudinal Change 	
Past, Existing and Projected Development of
Counties -- Lake Tahoe Basin 	
Data Sets for Statistical Analysis 	
Data Set Categories and Variables for Correlation
and Regression Analysis 	
Regression Analysis — STPUD Treatment Plant
Capacity 	
Regression Analysis ~ North Tahoe PUD and Tahoe
City PUD Treatment Plant Capacity 	
Land Use Variable Framework for T-Test Groups .  .
T-Test Results — El Dorado County (STPUD) . . . .
T-Test Results -- Douglas County (DCSID#1) . . . .
T-Test Results — Placer County (NTPUD and TCPUD).
38
39
40


41
42


45


46


48
49

50

52


53
55
56
57
58
                                XI

-------
                                                                      PAGE
 Table VI - 27    T-Test Results — Washoe County (IVGID)	     59
 Table VI - 28    Comparison of Slope Categories  of  Subdivided Land ~
                  5-Year Periods 1950-1970 	     61
 Table VI - 29   Comparison of Land Capabilities  of  Subdivided
                 Land — 5-Year Periods  1950-1970 	      63
 Table VII - 1    Present (1972) and Projected  Water  Use  in  the
                 Tahoe Basin	     80
 Table VII - 2   Comparison of Approved  Subdivision  Acreage and
                 General  Plan Acreage (1970)  	     8^
 Table VII - 3   Interim Plan Land  Use Acreage Population Capacity. .    85
 Table VII - 4   TRPA Land  Capability Districts	      88
 Table VII - 5   Land Use District  Acreage  Net Reductions Under
                 TRPA Plan  -- Tally by County	      89
 Table VII - 6    Land Use District  Acreage  Net Reductions Under
                 TRPA Plan  — Tally by Wastewater Management
                 District	      90
 Table VIII  - 1   Descriptive  Model  Elements and Measures 	     93
 Table C  -  1      Predicted Saturation  Population of Service Area , .     150
 Table D  -  1      Correlation  Coefficients — El Dorado County .  . .      156
 Table D  -  2      Correlation  Coefficients — Placer County	     157
 Table  D  - 3      Correlation Coefficients — Douglas County ....      158
Table  D  - 4     Correlation Coefficients — Washoe County ....       159
Table  D  - 5     Summary of Factor Analysis 	      160
Table D - 6     Summary of Step-Wise Regression Equations -- El
                Dorado County 	      162
                                xii

-------
                                                                      PAGE
Table D - 7     Summary of Step-Wise Regression Equations —
                Placer County 	    163
                                 xiii

-------
                        ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
  It  took  the gracious contribution of each of these persons to produce
  this  report.  The faculty, staff, and students are associated with the
  Environmental Studies Program, University of California, Santa Cruz.

       James E. Pepper, Assistant Professor of Environmental Planning
            Principal Investigator
       Robert E. Jorgensen, Administrative Analyst
       Gerald D. Bowden, Assistant Professor of Environmental  Studies
       Jennifer Anderson, Administrative Assistant
       Kathy Johnston, Production Assistant and Editing
       John Ashbaugh, Undergraduate Research Associate
       Jeff Griggs, Undergraduate Research Associate
       Jack Liebster, Undergraduate Research Associate
       Steve Mills, Undergraduate Research Associate
       Barbara-Jo Novitski, Statistician  and Programmer
       Robert Aston,  Programmer
       Polly McKeever,  Supervisor,  Services to Academic Staff
       Terry Drager,  Environmental  Assistant
       Helen Sherra,  Administrative Services  Officer

 The  following  consultants  provided their expertise.

       John Bihary, Land  economics  and assessment  practices
       Tim Campbell,  Mathematical modeling and  regional  planning
       Michael  Fajans, Statistical  analysis
       Douglass Lee,  Research methodologies
       P.  H. McGauhey, Wastewater management
       William Zion,  Utility financing
       Mary Helen  Pope, Report  Editing

 In addition, special thanks to:

       TRPA staff:  Richard Heikka, Pete  Hoi lick,  Bill Kramer
       USFS:  Harry Siebert
       Lake Tahoe Area Council
       EPA:  John Wise, San Francisco Regional Office; Harold Kibby
           Project Officer, and Ed Royce, Chief of Ecological  Studies
           and Technology Assessment Branch

Also to numerous staff from county government offices, sewerage dis-
tricts, and engineering consultants.
                                 xiv

-------
                              SECTION I


                              CONCLUSIONS
The conclusions are logically organized into three general  categories:
the effects on environmental quality of the interaction of changing land
uses and expanded wastewater management facilities; the impacts and in-
fluences of the provision of wastewater management facilities on land
use patterns; and the influences of land use activities on the develop-
ment of wastewater facilities.

Effects on Environmental Quality

The environmental problems attributed to land development in the Lake
Tahoe Basin are the result of a combination of the inadequate exercise
of land use controls and the growth-indueing influence of the provision
of extensive advanced sewage treatment and export facilities.

The ineffectiveness of land use controls in maintaining environmental
quality in the Tahoe Basin has been strongly influenced by a variety of
factors.  Prior to formulation of the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency
(TRPA) Plan in 1970-71, local land use planners and decision makers
failed to consider the impacts of proposed land uses on the fragile
natural environment of the region.  The magnitude of the adverse
environmental effects resulting from the extensive subdivision activity
in the Basin was not apparent until the slow, incremental process of
actual residential construction reached a critical point, often many
years after the subdivision approval.

Fragmentation of political jurisdictions and geographic remoteness of
County Seats effectively excluded both permanent and seasonal residents
from an active voice in the decision-making process.  Furthermore, the
remoteness from metropolitan areas did not allow for adequate protection
of the state and national public interest in Tahoe Basin resources and
amenities.

Provision of the extensive sewage treatment and export facilities In the
Basin is largely the result of Federal and State agencies undertaking a
strictly technological approach to wastewater management in order to
remove the threat of septic pollution.  Wastewater management programs
were conceived and implemented without consideration of the consequent
environmental problems associated with the potential land development
and populations to be served by the projects.

-------
 Statistical analysis indicates that the provision and expansion of these
 wastewater management facilities has had a significant and direct in-
 fluence on the location, type, and intensity of land development.
 Since the present environmental quality issues (including sedimentation,
 eutrophication, revegetation, scenic degradation, air pollution and
 traffic congestion) are a result of the pattern and type of land de-
 velopment and use, the role of wastewater management is directly related
 to these broader environmental quality issues.


 Influences of Wastewater Management on Land Use Patterns

 Land use planning and wastewater management planning were large]/ con-
 ducted as independent functions; there is little evidence to suggest"
 thai even minimum coordination has occurred.

 Wastewater management officials have not played any direct or significant
 role in land use planning in the Tahoe Basin  except for isolated cases
 where land development was  temporarily denied on the basis of officially
 reported inadequate sewage  treatment capacity.  Wastewater management
 concerns were not a central  consideration in  the formulation of the
 TRPA Plan during 1970-1971.   In spite of the  magnitude  of public in-
 vestment in  wastewater  facilities  in  the Tahoe Basin (an estimated  $82
 million) the location of  on-line facilities was not a factor in deter-
 mining the population distribution  indicated  on the TRPA Plan.

 Recently proposed  wastewater management facilities  have been acknowledged
 to be in conflict  with  the TRPA land  use  plan.  A 1973  Environmental
 Impact Report prepared  for the  proposed expansion of the Tahoe  City PUD
 system indicated  that the project would encourage residential develop-
 ment  in  an area  prohibited for  development by the TRPA  Plan.  The
 responsibility for resolving the land  use conflict  was  explicitly re-
 ferred  to  the  land use  planning  body and essentially avoided by the
 proponent agency.

 Population estimates and projections dsed in  wastewater  facility calcu-
 lations generally  exceeded a reasonable  interpretation  of  availabTe
 data:~~	

 Estimates and  projections of permanent, seasonal, and peak  populations
 for the Tahoe  Basin vary dramatically.  The techniques  used were gen-
 erally based on questionable assumptions, lacked methodological  rigor,
 and employed data of poor quality.  The actual figures appear to range
 beyond reasonable tolerances necessary for responsible public decision-
making.

The decision-making processes related to both land use development and
the provision of wastewater facilities suffered from inadequate informa-
tion.

-------
In spite of the large public land ownership in the  Basin  (62%), and the
magnitude of public investment in sewage facilities,  public  agencies con-
sistently failed to develop adequate information  in support  of their
decision-making processes.  Numerous contradictions appear in avail-
able data.  Although the TRPA subsequently developed a  substantial set
of data in the preparation of the regional  plan,  major  data  gaps  still
exist.

Limitations on water supply were not Central  considerations  in waste-
water management planning in spite of acknowledged  water  supply de-
ficiencies in the Tahoe Basin.

Although the still unratified Bi-State Water Compact has  identified the
Tahoe Basin as a water deficient area and would place tight  limitations
on allocations of Basin water, the adequacy of water supplies has not
been considered in wastewater management planning.   As  in the case of
land use planning, there is little evidence of cooperation or concern
between the public agencies responsible for these related functions.

The provision of wastewater management facilities has contributed to
significant changes in the land use pattern in the  Tahoe  Basin.

Major expansions of wastewater treatment facilities have  been  directly
followed by two substantial changes in the intensity of land use:  the
number of lots per acre has increased significantly in subdivisions;
and large increases in higher density residential and commercial  land
uses have occurred.

In some cases subdivision activity has shown a strong statistical rela-
tionship to anticipated increases in treatment plant capacities.   This
may indicate that land speculation was stimulated by the  anticipated
provision or expansion of wastewater management facilities.   Skiing  and
gaming activities correlated strongly with increased treatment  capa-
city.  Thus the availability of advanced sewage treatment may  be con-
sidered as a great influence on the growth of intensive commercial
recreation in the Tahoe Basin.

The increases in multiple family dwelling units and motel-hotel  units
shown have a similar relationship to increased plant capacity,  and high-
density residential and tourist accommodations may also be considered
as uses dependent on the availability of wastewater treatment capacity.

Influences of Land Use on the Development of Wastewater Facilities

The determination of quantitative relationships indicating a direct in-
fluence of land use activities on the development of wastewateT
management facilities poses considerable difficulty due to the  dynamic
nature of the land development process in the Tahoe Basin.

-------
 It is clear that the initial impetus for providing wastewater manage-
 ment facilities was directly related to the septic pollution resulting
 from land use activities.  The subsequent influences of land develop-
 ment are more problematic.

 Provision of sewage treatment facilities has been explicitly acknowledged
 to be a precondition for the establishment of gaming facilities in the
 Nevada portion of the Tahoe Basin.   However, no quantitative tests can
 determine the magnitude of influence of gaming interests on the develop-
 ment of wastewater facilities.

 Although increases in commercial  recreation and intensive residential
 uses show a strong statistical  relationship to expanded treatment
 plant capacities,  there is no available data which indicate a  causal
 relationship between these land uses and the provision  of sewage
 facilities.

 Subdivision  lot  approvals  provide the most  complete  and reliable land
 use  time-series  data,  however no  causal  relationship was established
 measuring the  influence of subdivision  activity on the  development of
 wastewater management  facilities.

 The  planning and development  of wastewater  management facilities appears
 to have  been considerably  influenced by  the development-oriented lanci
 MCA  ft! «Vt*» *1 M. J  —/—."TJ _ • "~~ -~~-Wf,*~ra^*--mm" "L ^""——•••••^^^^^••1 •« «l I IB-—™ M..J.M.V BmMMMHIBH^^V  |l •. M^^V^HW
use  plans and policies of local governmentsT
The direct relationships between local or regional land use plans and
wastewater management planning have proved difficult to establish.
Prior to adoption of the TRPA Plan, local governments indicated very
extensive acreages of land on their general plans for residential and
commercial uses.  Special districts with responsibilities for waste-
water management expanded their boundaries accordingly to include these
potentially developable lands.

Although the population figures used for actual wastewater sizing and
phasing calculations were generally developed by independent consulting
engineering firms, the population estimates and projections derived
from data in local general  plans had a considerable influence on the
magnitude of consultants' figures.

-------
                               SECTION II
                             RECOMMENDATIONS
The EPA should require that proposed wastewater management projects be
consistent with environmentally based land use plans.   Therefore the
EPA should strengthen the grant review and environmental  impact state-
ment processes to require a thorough environmental quality assessment
of land use plans for areas served or affected by proposed projects.
An evaluation of the likely land use impacts of proposed  projects would
ensure that environmentally sound land use plans are not  pre-empted by
growth-inducing wastewater projects.  If proposed wastewater management
projects are found to support or induce growth  which would lead to
major adverse environmental impacts, the EPA should withhold funding.
The priorities for project funding should support the resolution of
serious water quality problems, but project capacities should be
governed by the "growth-inducing--adverse environmental impact" rela-
tionship cited above.

The EPA grant review and environmental impact statement process should
require a detailed discussion of the assumptions and methods used in
population projections for facility sizing.  Projects supported by fea-
sibility studies which fail to conform to this requirement should not
be approved.

The EPA should establish guidelines for developing the data base and
methods necessary for local agencies to measure the potential growth-
inducing impacts of federally funded wastewater management facilities.
The actual development of information and methods should be undertaken
by the appropriate local or state agency.

The EPA should undertake research on land use infrastructure relation-
ships in areas with a more typical urbanization pattern and a richer
data base than the Lake Tahoe Basin.

The EPA should encourage and support technical research to develop
water-conserving and small scale sewage disposal  systems that would be
economically suitable for seasonal and ; second-home communities.

The EPA should require that TRPA prepare a sound  regional wastewater
management plan, prior to making further federal  commitments to fund
wastewater facilities in the Tahoe Basin.

-------
 The TRPA should identify and delineate additional  air,  water and land
 resource capabilities to strengthen the present Land Capability system.
 The composite of these resource capabilities may,  in fact,  limit even
 further the amount of urbanization which can be supported by the region's
 fragile environment without substantially lowering environmental  quality.
 Therefore the TRPA should establish an information system to provide  the
 necessary baseline data to monitor changes in population, land  use, and
 environmental  quality.  The system should include  consistent methods  to
 standardize,  catalog, store and retrieve data.

 The TRPA should also establish  a planning information base  for  all ex-
 isting  infrastructure systems,  especially those requisite for land
 development,  i.e., wastewater management, transportation, water supply,
 and energy.   Data  collection should include  information on  existing
 capacities,  planned or projected patterns of system expansion,  critical
 project sizes  for  economic efficiency,  phasing  of  infrastructure  elements
 in  relation  to each other,  alternative  technologies, and impacts  or
 influences of  the  systems  on the pattern of  land use. This  infrastructure
 information  should be fully utilized in  the  ongoing  TRPA planning pro-
 cess, especially in project and  plan review  or  modification.

 The TRPA  should undertake  a thorough study of the  impact of water supply
 limitations on regional  land  use  planning, particularly in view of the
 proposed  Bi-State  Water  Compact allocations and the volume of domestic
 water required for  the export of  sewage  from the Basin.

 The TRPA  should examine  the spatial implications of its  policies and of
 those of other agencies with authority over Tahoe Basin  resources.  Hypo-
 thetical consequences of various policies on the land use pattern are
discussed in scenario form  in Section VIII—Overview and Prospect

-------
                              SECTION III

                             INTRODUCTION
 Statement of the Research Problem

 The relationships between wastewater management systems and land use
 patterns are largely unknown.  As extensive and advanced sewerage
 systems replace septic tanks or inadequate existing systems, changes
 in surrounding land use occur.

 The aims of this research are:

     1)  to identify the type and magnitude of influences that the
     approval, construction, and operation of wastewater management
     systems have had on land use patterns and land use intensity in
     the Lake Tahoe Basin from 1950 to the present;

     2)  to determine and measure specific structural relationships
     between the location, capacity and timing of wastewater management
     systems, and the range of critical variables such as zoning,
     subdivision, interest rates, etc., which influence land develop-
     ment processes;

     3)  to express the relationships between wastewater management
     systems and land use patterns through appropriate qualitative and
     quantitative analytical methods;

     4)  to approach the research problem from a planning and policy
     analysis perspective; and

     5)  to develop a simple predictive method of expressing relation-
     ships between sewer service, population growth, land use, and
     environmental quality in the Tahoe Basin.

 Infrastructure systems (wastewater management, transportation, water
 supply, energy, etc.) establish the structure and boundaries for the
 land development process.  Often the relationship of infrastructure to
 development is direct and immediate (e.g., no construction is possible
 without roads to transport building materials; no occupancy permits
 are issued without water, sewer, and power hookups).  The indirect
 influences of infrastructure systems on development are more difficult
 to determine and assess.  It is clear however that the process of
 planning and regulating land use is a direct function of the develop-
ment of infrastructure systems.

-------
 Environmental  quality issues  provided the impetus for  the  research.
 The  direct impacts of land  use  on environmental quality  have  been
 central  issues in the Lake  Tahoe Basin for two decades.  However,
 wastewater management may provide a crucial link between land use
 and  subsequent impacts on environmental quality.  Figure III-l
 illustrates the linkages among  these three elements, and as an
 example  traces a septic pollution problem and its technological
 solution through subsequent changes in land use and environmental
 quality.
        ENVIRONMENTAL
          DUALITY
  solution to
  water pollu-
  tion problem
                           land us* champs
                           leading to scenic degradation;
                           air pollution; erosion, sedi-
                           mentation, lake e«troph1cat1on
LAND USE
          i	:
       T
water pollutlor
I


i
VASTFWATER
MAHAGCNCNT *
1 Septic Tanks \
Treatment Systems
wastewater
disposal


           Influence change
           1n location, rat*
           and Intensity
           of land use
  F1Sure III - 1:  ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY: RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN LAND USE AW WASTEWATER WWGCKENT
 A water pollution problem (1) resulting from septic  tank disposal of
 wastewater (generated  by residential and commercial  land use) was
 solved by the provision  of advanced wastewater collection and treatment
 systems (2).   These systems,  with capacities to service an extremely
 large projected population, may have in turn significantly influenced
 the land use pattern (3)  through stimulating or accelerating land
 development.   The increased rate, density and extent  of land use then
 contributed to a reduction in environmental quality  (4)  through
 increased  soil erosion and sedimentation (thus increasing the likelihood
 of  lake eutrophication).   Air pollution and noise also  increased
 appreciably from the magnitude of development.  Substantial  scenic
 degradation occurred from  the development of steep, highly visible
 lands,  and lands contiguous to the infrastructure corridor.

Although the  three elements constitute a whole system,  the research
emphasis is directed at the interrelationships between  the land use
and wastewater management  elements.   Existing research  is  used  to
establish  important  relationships  between these two elements  and
environmental  quality.
                                    8

-------
 Purpose and Scope of the Research

 Since the Environmental Protection Agency should be directly concerned
 with all aspects of environmental protection relating to wastewater
 management, the research perspective was directed toward but not
 limited to the agency's functions in;

      1)  the review process for approving and administering clean water
      grants;

      2)  the preparation and review of Environmental  Impact Statements;

      3)  the coordination of federal  agencies involved in environmental
      protection issues;

      4)  the analysis,  review and formulation of policy relating to
      comprehensive environmental  protection  programs;

      5)  the role of environmental  protection in developing National
      Land Use Policies; and

      6)  the development of research  programs related  to the advance-
      ment of wastewater management  technologies.

 The  research covers  the time period from 1950-1972.  During this period
 numerous factors  such as  new statutes,  policies,  studies and reports,
 plans changes  in  public attitudes and behavior,  changes  in  public
 officials,  etc.,  have influenced  land development in the Tahoe Basin.
 Major policy changes  in both wastewater management and  land use  plan-
 ning  have also  occurred during  the  past 23 years.  The  consequent
 influence of these factors  on the evolving land  use pattern will  be
 analyzed and evaluated.

 The geographic  boundary of  the  study  is  defined  by the  perimeter of the
 Lake  s  tributary watersheds,  covering an area of  approximately 500
 square miles.

As a  research area, the Lake  Tahoe  Basin presents an unusual  combination
of land  use  influences  and determinants:  the  political geography
 includes portions of two states and six counties; the regional economy
 is dominated by the second  home market, tourism and commercial recre-
ation; land ownership is divided  between the public and  private  sectors;
the area is a scenic and recreation amenity of acknowledged  national
significance; and legalized gaming  is present in the Nevada  portion of
the Basin.   It is expected that the research findings will  be directly
applicable to other areas where these conditions occur, but must be
appropriately modified under different conditions.

-------
                               SECTION  IV

                      ENVIRONMENTAL  QUALITY  ISSUES


 A New Dimension  in  Public  Policy

 During the  past  decade  growing national concern over the quality of the
 environment has  led to  the enactment of major environmental quality
 legislation at both the federal and state levels.  The passage of the
 National  Environmental  Policy Act (NEPA) in 1969, and the creation of
 the  Environmental Protection Agency in 1970 are milestones in the quest
 for  quality of both life and environment.  Section 102C of NEPA, which
 requires  the preparation of an Environmental Impact Statement prior to
 any  federal  action  (project) which might have a significant effect on
 the  human environment has  placed the concept of environmental impacts
 squarely within  the public decision-making process.

 Initially,  emphasis was  placed on determining the direct and immediate
 physical  impacts of a project.  Subsequently, concern over the land use
 impacts of  a  project prompted the Council on Environmental Quality (CEQ)
 to require  consideration of growth-inducing impacts in the preparation
 of   Environmental Impact Statements (CEQ, 1973).  Thus the scale and
 type of analysis necessary to identify and evaluate impacts has changed
 significantly (Sorensen  and Moss, 1972).

 By factoring generic impacts such as water pollution, noise, earth
 movement, scenic loss, etc., into specific environmental condition
 changes, definitive environmental costs and benefits of a project can be
 determined  (Sorensen and Pepper, 1973).  Only if these impacts can be
 expressed in terms  of social or economic costs or benefits can environ-
 mental quality be systematically included in a rational decision-making
 process.

 A substantial amount of research has been conducted on direct and
 secondary impacts of specific project types including wastewater
 collection  and treatment systems (Sorensen and Pepper, 1973).  However,
 since  the land use  changes resulting from a project remain undetermined,
 an assessment of the total magnitude of environmental impacts resulting
 from a project remains extremely limited.

 It is clear that an accurate and complete assessment of the environ-
mental impacts of an infrastructure project should include the impacts
of land use changes resulting from the project.   Without this information
the cumulative impacts of a project cannot be included in the calculus
of project costs and benefits.
                                 10

-------
The Issue at Lake Tahoe

The environmental quality issue has been central  to land use planning
and management in the Tahoe Basin for decades (Jackson and Pisam',1972;
1973).  As the region changed from a resort area  to what is now a
rapidly urbanizing recreation center, concern for environmental quality
reached the state and federal levels.

In 1967 an extensive report issued by the (bi-state) Lake Tahoe Joint
Study Committee declared;

     there is a distinct risk that, unless public policy
     arrests present trends, there will be a cumulative
     degeneration in the overall environment of the Lake
     Tahoe Region (Lake Tahoe Joint Study Committee, 1967, p. 9).

The committee clearly recognized the source of environmental degeneration
in stating, "the basic pressure upon the carrying capacity of the
Region arises from the over-intensive use of land (and space)"   (Lake
Tahoe Joint Study Committee, 1967, p. 9).

In 1969 Congress consented to the California-Nevada Tahoe Regional
Planning Compact, thus establishing the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency
(TRPA).  The enabling legislation findings state:

     It is found and declared that the waters of Lake Tahoe
     and other resources of the Lake Tahoe region are
     threatened with deterioration or degeneration, which
     may endanger the natural beauty and economic productivity
     of the region.  (U.S. Congress, 1969, p. 1).

In creating the TRPA the compact states, " . . . it is imperative that
there be established an area-wide planning agency with power to  adopt
and enforce a regional plan of resource conservation and orderly
development . .  ."  (U.S. Congress, 1969, p. 1)  The control of  land
use is directly established as the means of addressing environmental
problems.

Widespread citizen concern for environmental quality is evident  from
the results of a Lake Tahoe Area Council survey  in  1971 of  the 26,000
property owners in the Tahoe Basin  (Lake Tahoe Area Council, 1971a).
A tabulation of the 8000 questionnaire responses ranks water pollution,
scenic destruction, too much commercialism and too many people as the
major environmental problems.  Seventy-three percent of the respondents
indicated that present land use and government controls were not strict
enough, with over a third of the property owners stating they would
favor condemning private land for public use.These results  provide very
strong evidence of the magnitude of public concern  for the  quality
of the Tahoe environment.
                                   11

-------
  Scientific  research  adds  yet another dimension  to  the  environmental
  quality issue  in  the Lake Tahoe Basin.   Extensive  research has been
  published on the  problems of water pollution  and scenic degradation
  (Matthews and  Schwarz,  1970).   Considerable conclusive water quality
  research has been conducted  at  Lake Tahoe over  the past decade (Goldman
   972;  Goldman  etal.,  1970;  1972;  1973;  U.S.  Department of Interior,
  1966;  California  Department  of  Water Resources, 1968-72).

  In addition, research attention  has  recently  been directed towards
  the  influence  of  the land  use pattern on water quality (U.S. Forest
  Service, 1972) and visual  amenities  (McEvoy and Williams, 1970).   Some
  research on specific land  use impacts on water quality has been con-
  ducted  (Glancy, 1971; 1973) but the  results are inconclusive due to the
  limited  time period used for observation and data collection.  It is
  reasonable to assume, however, that the location, intensity and rate of
  land development are the causal factors leading to reduced water
  quality and scenic degradation in the Lake Tahoe Basin.

  In 1972 an extensive analysis of environmental quality was undertaken
 oy a TRPA consultant under contract to prepare an Environmental  Impact
 1079?"    °n the Lake Tahoe ComPrenensive Plan (Wirth and  Associates,
  1972).^ Both the plan and  implementing ordinances  were assessed to
 determine their effectiveness in dealing with  the potential adverse
 environmental changes resulting from the full  implementation  of the  plan.

 A summary of impacts, as determined by the consultant,  is  shown in
 Mgure  IV-1.  Several  important observations may be made from these
 H  I"!-*, First is that fifteen of the  seventeen major adverse impacts
 identified are  attributed  to  recreation,  residential,  and  commercial
 land  uses and the  related  transportation  infrastructure.   Second,
 sewage    treatment,  the  acknowledged major environmental quality  issue
 during  the 1960's,  is  indicated  as  producing no major adverse impacts
 (although one variable  impact  and four minor impacts were  identified)
 Third,  the relationship  between  wastewater management  (sewerage) and
 the impact-generating land  uses  is  not indicated.

 The consultant  was  unable  to establish a connection between wastewater
 management and  the  impact-generating  intensive land uses dependent on
 the extensive sewerage facilities in  the Tahoe Basin.  This relationship
 between wastewater management and land use impact  is vital to an
 accurate  and complete understanding of this impact summary
Land Use
Although this research is not directed at either land planning theory
or land development theory, a brief discussion of a simple conceptual
framework in which they fit is appropriate in order to provide a
for the sections which follow.
                                 12

-------
f
ENVift
sub surface
soil
water
«*
J5 vegetation
Q visual
• « — . i. i - 	 ..
recreation
> residential
J2 commercial
transport.
sewerage
water supply
sold waste
or
3


o






===



M


O

.=.
""S5"

if
=.
•=-
~*
-=-
.=.
-s-



IE
G


»^c-


.=
*^^zr*

.=1
•__
@
^=
i=.
^^1=-
o
^~~*-
— -
o
N1
NV
'5

O


o

==
o

0


o
FA
IRC
J
•s
+-I
>

.
=-

O
9

^=
==

^



LI
>NA
^
2
5




^=-
•=7

•
•

0



M
AEh
1
o
4^

^=
^=-
•^=r



O






PA
JTA
13


^=5.
— _
^
.S.
— «^
@
0
m
=^
0


o
£1
L C
s
H
O
O
o


—
•=•

==

9
o
m
O
r<
:OA






^=


•



;ui
AP(
1
!
'
£
O
o
^=.
-^«.


^=


o
o
o
=.
— -
o
Mi
3NI
O
O
_-=-



— —
^ssr

=L
_

0
0
s
O
M
ENl
O
o
.=-
•^=


J^
•=•
0
0
•
s



AF
rs
0)







=
J=5.
•=•




LY
1


O




^s.
~^=
9

—
^=


solid waste 1







o
o




REMAINING ADVERSE ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT FOLLOWING
ADOPTION AND IMPLEMENTATION OF PLAN AND ORDINANCES:
% major S= variable Q minor
V-
N












i
 Figure IV - 1:   TRPA REGIONAL  PLAN:   ENVIRONMENTAL  IMPACT SUMMARY
Source:  Wirth and Associates,  1972
                                 13

-------
 Land use and development  factors may be expressed at specific  levels
 of  influence, each  significant in  the actual  process of determining or
 allocating  uses.  Five distinct levels, moving from  the abstract to
 the concrete, have  been identified  as contributing to the evolution
 of  the land use pattern at  Lake Tahoe.   These levels and their ex-
 pression and type of influence are  indicated  in Table IV-1.
   LEVEL
   I)  Philosophical
   2) Statutory
                     EXPRESSION
   3) Conceptualized
       Development
 Societal Values toward land:
 Attitudes/Values In
 Individual behavior

 Laws
  4) Legally Committed
      Development
  5)  Physical
      Development
Plans and Policies
(Public and Private)
Institutional/Jurisdictions!
Permits and Development
Approvals
                                           INFLUENCE
                                           Dnqree of private/public balance In land jse plan*
                                           nlng, decision-making and land use regulation (XM
                                           levels 3 and 4)
                                           Sets the statutory context for behavior of both
                                           the public and private sector In land plannlnq and
                                           development
Generates C*PPCtat Ions; give Indications of
planned uses thus alters behavior of both public
and private sectors; can Increase or decrees*
land values.
Actual Development
Permits owner(s) to undertake development for
specified use; essentially results in establishing
a legally available (potential) use capacity.
Physical Impacts on both institutional and
Infrastructural capacities; physical Inputs on
environmental quality; generate* demands for
related development or uses.
   Table IV - 1:  GENERIC INFLUENCES ON THE LAND DEVELOPMENT PROCESS
The philosophical  level will  not be investigated  in  the course of  this
research,  but nonetheless  remains  the key  influence  in the  values
associated with  the use of land.   Level two,  statutory, is  not a topic
or this  research,  except as the statutory  exercise  or lack  thereof has
directly influenced the land use pattern.

At the third level  of conceptual or planned uses, future  land use  is
expressed  through  plan maps and documents.   In the  Lake Tahoe Basin
such planning became the basis for calculating future populations
(Brown and Caldwell, 1959), for sizing public facilities  (Hill, 1969),
for determining  potential  local revenues (South Tahoe PUD,  1960),  for
guiding  and/or encouraging private development (Smith, 1960)  and for
stimulating land sales and speculation (Trimont,  1970).   In addition
this level  is the  basis for the commitment  of state  and federal
revenues  (loans, grants) for the development  of infrastructure, housing
assistance,  etc.   This points up the importance and  significance of
land use planning  in terms of its  subsequent  influence on the actual
use pattern  and the consequent impacts on environmental quality.

The fourth  level,  the legal  commitment to land uses,  is expressed
primarily  through the mechanisms of zoning  and subdivision  rights and
building permits (see Appendix B).    Property  rights  are created by  the
                                      14

-------
state.  Once government has made  the commitment to grant land use
rights, any decision to rescind these rights  becomes extremely diffi-
cult.  The legal commitment of land  use rights far in excess of the
actual exercise of those  rights may  create a  condition where environ-
mental degradation becomes extremely difficult to avoid.  This is
clearly the case at Lake  Tahoe where 30,000 legally subdivided lots
lie vacant (Economic Research Associates,  1972a),with the consequent
impacts of their full development unknown.

Political trade-offs are  constantly  made during the transition from
the philosophical to the  legal level, but  only at level five—con-
struction, occupancy, and activities—are  the full range of actual
impacts on the land use pattern felt.  Since  these impacts alter
social, economic, and environmental  systems they require careful
monitoring and evaluation in order to provide constant feedback to
the conceptual and legal  levels as the land development moves into its
physical expression.

Changes in environmental  quality  which may disrupt an ecosystem are
difficult to predict (Detwyler, 1971).  Often these changes become
evident only after a threshold has been crossed.  In the absence of
clearly defined environmental thresholds,  the smaller the difference
between the physical, legal, and  conceptual expressions of the use
pattern, the greater is the possibility for positive response to
emerging environmental problems.   The amount  of congruence between
these three levels of commitment  provides  a key indicator of the
ability of a regulatory body to respond to emerging environmental
quality land use problems.  Figure IV-2 illustrates this problem.
                    Tlpe
                 Condition (A)
   Tine
Condition (B)
       Figure IV - Z: CONGRUENCE WjONG LAW USE LEVELS AS AN INDICATOR OF RESPONSIVENESS
                 III tHVIKUNntNTAL POLICY
                                  15

-------
In condition A, a considerable disparity exists between the amount of
land actually being used (a,) and the amount of land legally committed
through subdivision and zoning (c,).  The disparity between the com-
mitted and planned land use (pj is also considerable, and the
aggregate difference between actual and planned use (c^+p^) is of major
magnitude.

Environmental impacts can only result from actual  use of land.  Thus
impacts occur when the type or intensity of actual use produces a
change in environmental conditions.  Once an impact and its causal
factors are identified, the question becomes one of effectively con-
trolling undesired consequences.  The congruence between actual land
use and committed or planned land use is central to this question.

A policy adopted at time t (figure IV-2, condition A) to control
environmental impacts generated by the actual land use (a-,) must
necessarily address the problem of rescinding or significantly reducing
the level of committed and planned land uses (c-, and p,).  As noted
earlier this is an extremely difficult process wrought with complex
legal and financial problems.

Therefore if land development as expressed through planning and legal
commitment is intended to control environmental impacts, the disparity
among levels must be minimized as indicated in Figure IV-2, Condition
B.  It is the degree of congruence which determines the effectiveness
of land use control mechanisms in addressing environmental quality
issues.
                               16

-------
                             SECTION V

               CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LAKE TAHOE BASIN


The ecological and societal characteristics of the Tahoe Basin are
both complex and unusual.  This section provides a summary of the
most important factors influencing the nature of land uses and
activities which developed in the Tahoe Basin.  The discussion is
necessarily brief, intended only to outline a context for the
analytical sections which follow.

This material is organized into two distinct parts.  The first de-
scribes significant characteristics important to the study area.  The
second consists of a formulation of a general model which provides a
structure for the factors shaping land use in the Tahoe Basin and
identifies three distinct periods in the evolution of the land use
pattern.

Physical and Biological Characteristics

Lake Tahoe is one of the world's few primordially pure alpine lakes.
Bounded on the west by the crest of the Sierra Nevada (California) and
on the east by the Carson Range (Nevada),the 200 square mile deep-water
lake is of legendary beauty as it possesses unusual clarity and purity
and is surrounded by towering granite peaks.  With its 300 square mile
watershed of Sierra Nevada landscape, it provides a natural amenity of
acknowledged national significance (U.S. Senate, 1972a), and a re-
creational amenity of high regional value.

The combination of long dry summers, frequent periods of extended
drought alternating with periods of heavy rainfall, a short growing
season and highly erodable soils, all contribute to the fragile nature
of the Tahoe Basin environment (Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, 1971g).

Perhaps the most important ecological factor is the relationship be-
tween the quality of the water in the lake and the quality of the
water in the 64 watershed tributaries.  With the notable exception of
a gentle shoreline band, the topography is generally quite steep,
making streams highly susceptible to damage from siltation due to the
crumbly granitic soils characteristic of the region (TRPA, 1971g).
The short growing season significantly limits revegetation (TRPA,
1971h).  Once the vegetative cover is removed or disturbed, soil
erosion occurs and the high drainage densities of the watersheds
provide rapid sediment transport to the lake (U.S. Forest Service,
I •/ / £ J •
                               17

-------
The impact of this increased sediment discharge on water clarity and
quality is the subject of current research by the Nevada Department of
Conservation and Natural Resources (Glancy, 1971; 1973), and Goldman's
research at the University of California, Davis, investigating
accelerated eutrophication in Lake Tahoe (Goldman 1970; Goldman et
aj.., 1970; 1973).                                               ~~

In such a delicate self-contained ecosystem, a threshold exists beyond
which deterioration is either irreversible or arrestible only at
prohibitive cost.  The risk of permanent degradation encompasses not
only the lake, but the entire landscape;  that is, not only the
natural resource base, but the regional economy and the quality of
life in the region as well (Lake Tahoe Joint Study Committee, 1967).

The high scenic value of the region is also related to atmospheric
visibility; the views and vistas across the lake are of outstanding
quality.  In recent years inversion layers which trap smoke and
vehicle exhaust fumes have significantly reduced visibility (TRPA,
1971).  The topographic features of the basin sharply define a
contained airshed with atmospheric conditions susceptible to inversion
problems.

Much has been written about the physical and biological characteristics
of the Lake Tahoe Basin.  A compilation and synthesis of publications
and data issued jointly by the TRPA and the U.S. Forest Service in
1971 covers the subjects of climate and air quality, geology and
geomorphology, hydrology and water resources, limnology and water
quality, soils, vegetation, wildlife, fisheries, land resources,
recreational resources, scenic analysis, and cultural and historical
significance.  In 1969 a Lake Tahoe Basin bibliography was published
by the California Resources Agency and the U.S. Forest Service,
compiling 101 pages of bibliographic references covering history,
legal controls, physical and biological characteristics, planning,
and water quality (Matthews & Schwartz, 1970).

Social and Economic Characteristics

The Lake Tahoe Basin is the major mountain resort area for northern
California.  San Francisco, Sacramento and Reno are within easy
driving distance (Figure V-l)i

The social fabric is unusual  due to the contrast between the permanent
population, composed predominately of lower income service and trade
personnel, and seasonal residents and short term visitors, who are
primarily higher income families from northern California urban areas.
Over a half-million families with annual incomes in excess of
$10,000 are in the region's primary market area, exerting an extra-
ordinary demand on the housing and recreation resources (Economic
Research Associates, 1971).


                               18

-------
•o
 
-------
The economy is primarily recreation-based.  Second homes,  apartments,
condominiums, and motel-hotel accommodations house a substantially
larger population than the 26,000 permanent residents (ERA,  1972a).
Although high vacancy rates exist in the Basin, the cost of  renting  or
buying housing is considerably above the reach of most service and
trade personnel.  High land and construction costs are cited as the
basis for this serious housing shortage (ERA, 1972a).

Legalized gaming has been present in the Nevada portion of the region
since 1955.  It is largely concentrated around the north and south
stateline areas.  The rapid growth of tourism, gaming, skiing and
outdoor recreation activities has resulted in peak day populations
estimated to be as large as 248,000 persons (Smith, 1971), although
other estimates range from 98,000 (Walters, 1973) to 155,000
(Eckbo et al_., 1973b) (see Table VI-8).

Very little research has been conducted on the social and  economic
characteristics of the Lake Tahoe Basin.  Most of the published mate-
rial inttese subject areas is confined to consultant reports to
special districts, land developers, or local government.  These
documents are generally not research findings per se and therefore
provide a very uneven description of social and economic activity.
The only attempts at systematic compilation and analysis occur in the
"1980 Regional Plan Technical Supplement" (Wilsey and Ham, 1967) and
in the two studies prepared by Economic Research Associates  for the
TRPA (ERA, 1971; 1972a).

Institutional and Regulatory Characteristics

Sixty-two percent of the region's landscape is in public ownership.
The U.S. Forest Service administers 57% (see Figure V-2) while the
remaining 5% is managed by the respective State Park systems. These
public holdings provide a major recreation opportunity for northern
California and Nevada residents.  In addition they provide a signifi-
cant external economy to the resident population, because  the out-
standing natural amenities contained within the Basin are  a  major
asset to the recreation-based economy (Lake Tahoe Joint Study Committea
1967).

The Tahoe Basin contained over one hundred special-purpose authorities,
one incorporated city,portions of six counties and two states, and Is
served by numerous Federal and State agencies.  Prior to formation of
TRPA in 1970, land use planning and decision-making took place at the
respective county seats, all located a considerable distance from
the Tahoe Basin (Figure V-3).  The City of South Lake Tahoe, incorpo-
rated in 1965, has been the sole exception.  The myriad of land use
regulation problems in the Lake Tahoe Basin has been well  researched
and documented (Brandt, 1971; Bronson, 1971; Constantini,  1972; Davis,
1970; Felts and Wandesforde-Smith, 1973; Hopp and Linn, 1970; Lake
Tahoe Joint Study Committee, 1967; U.S. Senate, 1972a).
                             20

-------
                                                  WASHOCOO.
                                                      DOWLAS CO.
                                                     s
                                                      v
                                                        s
                                                          •,
                                                            s
                                          LAKE TAHOE BASIN
Figure V •  2:  PUBLIC LAND OWNERSHIP  - -  LAKh
                                                    BASIN
Source:  EPA Lake Tahoe Study
                                21

-------
                                                                  OREGON
                                                                  NEVADA
                    Oufllrwef
                    Ulu Tito* Butt
                    County Sm
                                     5_JO  20	30  40   50  60  70  80	$0  100
Figure V - 3:   POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY  --  LIKE TAHOE BASIN
Source:   EPA  Lake Tahoe Study
                                            22

-------
 State and  federal  involvement  in  the development and administration of
 wastewater management  has  been substantial.  However, wastewater
 systems  are  directly provided  by  eleven special districts  (Figure V-4).
 Four export  facilities are in  operation pumping virtually  all waste-
 water out  of the Tahoe Basin  (Figure V-5).  Almost all of  the districts
 were established and consolidated during the research period (see
 Table VI-15).

 Publications on water  pollution and wastewater management  problems are
 numerous.  More than seventy bibliographic entries in this research
 deal  directly with wastewater  management problems specific to Lake
 Tahoe.   This proliferation underscores the magnitude of both the prob-
 lem  and  the  concern.   Unfortunately, no comprehensive picture of
 wastewater management  can  be drawn in the aggregate (see Section VII-
 Policy Analysis and Evaluation).

 Growth and Development Context

 The  purpose  of this brief  discussion is twofold:  first, to identify
 major elements shaping land use in the Lake Tahoe Basin, including
 the  relationships among these  elements; and second, to identify the
 sequence of  significant changes in the elements and their  interrelation-
 ships.   A  conceptual model  is  established of the land use system in
 the  Lake Tahoe Basin to provide an historical- context for the analysis
 and evaluation which follow.   (A  detailed chronology of important
 events in  the evolution of the  land use pattern and wastewater manage-
 ment  is  presented in Appendix A.)

 This  discussion draws  on the characteristics previously described in
 this  section as well as monographs in the area of land use planning,
 modeling and systems analysis  (Chapin, 1965; Friedmann and Alonso,
 1964; Hamilton, 1969; Milgram,  1967; Steinitz and Rogers, 1968).

 Conceptual Model

 The technique of modeling once  resided solely in the domain of the
 physical sciences.  With the help of systems analysis, modeling has
 recently been brought  to a level of applicability which makes it
 useful to  social scientists as well.  Its main function is to explain
 interrelated phenomena.  The main advantage of modeling over other
forms of analysis is that  it can explicitly express relationships
 within a total system.

 It is important to note that the model  developed in this section is a
 structural formulation of the factors shaping land use in the Tahoe
 Basin, not a quantified mathematical expression of absolute changes in
 land use measures.  These changes cannot be projected because research
 findings indicate that data on  land use activities is of poor quality,
 has many gaps and covers a period of major and irregular change which
 is also too short to allow a sufficient number of observations.
                                  23

-------
       CALIFORNIA
                                                                                    NEVADA
                                                                          LEGEND
                                                                           1. South Taho* P.U.O.
                                                                           2. Klngsbury G.I.D.
                                                                           3. Douglas County S.I.D. #1
                                                                           4. Elk Point S.I.D.
                                                                           5. Round Hill Q.I.D.
                                                                           6. Tahoa — Douglaa CUD.
                                                                           7. Incline Vlllag* G.I.D.
                                                                           8. Washoe County S.I.D. 411
                                                                           9. North Taho* P.U.O.
                                                                          10. Taho« City P.U.O.
                                                                          11. Crystal Bay Q.I.D.
                                                                     \
                                                                       \
                                                                     i


                                                             /
                                                               /
Figure  V -  4:   SEWERAGE DISTRICTS  --  LAKE TAHOE BASIN
Source:   EPA  Lake  Tahoe Study

-------
                                                        WASHOE CO
    PLACER CO
   EL DORADO CO
   LEGEND
   A
TREATMENT PLANT

MTERCEPTOfl

MTERCEPTOfl UNDER CONSTRUCTION

PROPOSED TTSA INTERCEPTOR &

        TREATMENT PLANT

EXPORT LINE

CINDER CONE
                                                                 TO CARSON RIVER
                                                                 TO CARSON RIVER
                                                        TO INDIAN CREEK RESERVOIR
Figure  V    5:    SEWAGE  TREATMENT  PLANTS  AND  EXPORT    IMES
                    LAKE  TAHOE  BASIN

Source:    EPA  Lake Tahoe  Study
                                    25

-------
A model  of land development  at Lake Tahoe must include  those elements
which  are present throughout the study period.  Six elements were
determined to be of major  consequence (Figure V-6):  demand  for Tahoe
Basin  resources; resident  and visitor activities; land  use control
mechanisms; provision of infrastructure (especially wastewater manage-
ment systems); physical land development and use and changes in
environmental quality.
                                                          (3)
                                                          PUBLIC PLANNING
                                                          AND LAND USE
                                                          CONTROL S«T£H
«
                                                                       $
    fl9«r« V - t:  CWICCPTUAl. MOOU Of TW LAM) DEVELOPMENT PROCESS: LAKE TAIBE BASIN 1950-1972
             Dished lines Indkttc newtlve feedback
Element One  --  Demand for Tahoe Basin  Resources:  A chief source  of
demand, and  perhaps the best indicator of activity, is the growing
population of high income California residents who can easily  visit
the Tahoe Basin.   A 1971 economic study indicates that the primary
Tahoe market is located in California  and is comprised of over one-half
million families  with annual incomes in excess of $10,000 (ERA, 1971).
Counts of annual  visitor days provide  the best indicator of actual
demand.
                                 26

-------
Element Two -- Resident and Visitor Activities:   This  demand  can  be
summarized in three activities:   outdoor recreation  including skiing,
hiking, camping,  fishing,  swimming, beaching,  picnicking;  residential
development for both seasonal  and permanent residents; and  gaming  and
other commercial  facilities for tourists.   It  is  important to note
that gaming activity is regulated by the State of Nevada   and is  not
subject to local  or regional authority.

Each of these activities produces an impact on the region  which can be
expressed in economic, political, environmental  and  land use  terms.
Both public and private sectors contend  for land  use decisions favor-
able to their respective interests or activities.  The private sector
elements most active in this respect are developers  and those with
gaming interests who have title to land  upon which their economic
interests are to be advanced or contrained. By contrast outdoor
recreation activities generally utilize  public lands.

However a public/private conflict is intrinsic to these Basin activities
when viewed in terms of environmental quality  and compatible  land uses.
The environmental quality of the extensive public land holdings  is
acknowledged to be significantly degraded by the intensive private
sector commercial activity occurring on private lands.  The ultimate
outcome of this conflict takes on transcendent importance  when viewed
in the context of Tahoe's extraordinary environmental  amenities.

Element Three — Land Use Control Mechanisms:   Residential and commer-
cial land use activities are regulated through a variety of publicly
controlled mechanisms involving state, regional, and local government
authorities  (see Appendix B).  Planning and regulation of public lands
resides at the federal and  state levels through the U.S.  Forest
Service and the respective  state park systems.

Element Four -- Provision of Infrastructure:  Infrastructure, which
includes systems for water  supply, energy, transportation, communica-
tion,  solid waste disposal, and wastewater management, is provided by
a sizeable number of semi-autonomous public, quasi-public and private
bodies.  This research is primarily concerned with wastewater manage-
ment.  Other infrastructure systems are discussed when they  directly
influence the relationships between wastewater management and land use.

Element Five — Physical Land Development and Use:  The visible  ex-
pression of  resource demand, land  use regulation  and  provision of
infrastructure is embodied  in the  resultant pattern of physical  land
development  and use.  Thus  this element is the output of  interactions
among  the previous four elements.

Element Six  — Change  in Environmental Quality:   This element is an
expression of the changes  in environmental quality  resulting from
the physical development and use of  land.  The element is  the source of
                                 27

-------
feedback which influences  the  level  of demand and the degree of land
use control.
Interrelationships Among  Elements:   Solid lines indicate the primary
positive relationships  between  elements,  defining a set of self-
reinforcing or growth-sustaining  relationships.  The broken lines
indicate negative feedback  (self-correcting)  relationships originating
from adverse changes  in environmental  quality.   This feedback loop is
central to the evolution  of land  use controls in the Tahoe Basin.

Development Periods

The changes in these  elements and relationships have been irregular
in terms of both rate and degree.   Elements may change gradually at a
constant rate or increase by several  degrees  of magnitude.  Relation-
ships may remain constant or shift  dramatically with changes in public
attitudes or with new legislation.   Therefore any determination of
discrete historic periods is necessarily  limiting.  However the major
changes in the Lake Tahoe land  development process suggest the exis-
tence of three distinct periods,  although precise dates of transition
are somewhat arbitrary.   These  three periods  and their important
characteristics are shown in Table  V-l.   Section VIII of this report
is a formulation of specific models for these three periods, based on
the research findings presented in  the quantitative and policy analysis
sections which follow.
t

PERIOD
ONE

TWO



THREE









DATES
up to
1959
1960-
1969


1970
to
pre-
sent






MAJOR
LAND USE
ACTIVITIES
second hones
sunnier out-
door recre-
ation
second homes
simmer out-
door recre-
ation
skiing
gaming
seasonal
recreation

conmerclal
tourism
year-round
recreation






LAND USE
PLANNING AND
REGULATION
local govt

local govt
with trans-
ition leading
to regional
govt


regional
govt







WASTEWATER
MANAGEMENT
primarily septic
tanks with limited
local sewage treat-
ment facilities
major expansion of
sewage treatment
facilities
decision to export
effluent
major transition
from septic tank
use to sewage
treatment

completion and
operation of major
sewage treatment
and export
facilities






ENVIRONMENTAL
QUALITY
ISSUES
water pollution
from septic tanks
sower system
overflows
air pollution
loss of water
clarity due to
sedimentation
loss of scenic
amenities
revegetatlon
crowding
traffic con-
gestion
air pollution
loss of water
clarity due to
sedimentation
loss of icenlc
amenities
re vegetation

MAJOR .
LEGISLATION
Interstate
Hater Compact
Commission
Bl-State
Compact


TRPA
NEPA
EPA






         TableV- 1: OWIHAnT CHARACTERISTICS OF TUf LAW DEVELOPMENT PROCESS: LAKE TAHOE REGION,
                  MAJOR PERIODS 1950-1972

         Source:  staff research
                                 28

-------
                             SECTION VI

                        QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS


This section describes the changes in the relationships between land
use and wastewater management activities which occurred in the Lake
Tahoe Basin from 1950 through 1972.  The section is organized into two
parts:  a discussion of quantitative changes in discrete land use and
wastewater management data and a statistical analysis of specific
structural and causal relationships.

Summary of Findings


The following measures provide the best indicators of the magnitude of
land use changes occurring during the period 1950-1972 in the Tahoe
Basin.

—Permanent population has increased ten-fold from 2500 to over 25,000
persons.

—Peak day population has increased to an estimated 155,000 persons, an
increase of over 400 percent.

—Subdivision lot approvals have outpaced housing construction appro-
vals (building permits) by a ratio of 3:1, and the proportion of multiple
housing units has increased dramatically since 1960.
Similar changes in sewerage facilities for the same time period are
reflected in the following measures:

--All major plant capacity increases have occurred in the past five
years; 72 percent of the existing Basin-wide treatment capacity has
been provided since 1968.

—The percentage of total capacity utilized has only increased at an
average rate of slightly over 2 percent over the past five years;
the peak month average daily flow is currently less than 50 percent of
the total capacity.
                                  29

-------
The most important findings derived from statistical  analysis  of land  use
and wastewater interrelationships may be summarized as follows.   Substan-
tial differences are apparent between the North and South lake shores.

—Treatment plant expansions at the California North Shore were accompan-
ied by a corresponding increase in multiple family and motel/hotel  con-
struction approvals; on the South Shore intensive recreation uses (skiing
and gaming) accompanied plant expansion.

—Subdivision approvals at the California North Shore do not indicate  a
strong relationship with expansion of sewerage facilities; however, on
the South Shore subdivision activity in the two-year period preceding
facility expansion shows this strong relationship to the planned capacity
increase.  This suggests that land subdivision at the South Shore may  have
been stimulated by the anticipated provision of wastewater infrastructure.

--The number of acres per subdivision decreased significantly  and the  num-
ber of lots per acre doubled following major capacity increases for all
facilities, with the exception of Incline Village.  These dramatic in-
creases in land use density show a strong correlation to the expansion
of sewage infrastructure.
                                 30

-------
Quantitative Changes in  Land Use and Wastewater  Management

Quantification  and measurement  of changes in both  the land use pattern
and wastewater  management activity are  central to  this  section of the
research.  Table VI-1  utilizes  the conceptual framework  of land
development influences  postulated in Section IV  (see Table IV-1)  to
organize the specific  types of  data required for quantitative analysis.
The availability and quality of these data are key determinants  in the
scope  and depth of analysis.   (Note:  levels one and two are not  quan-
tifiable and are therefore not  included in this  discussion.)
   LEVEL
                     LAND USE MEASURES
                              HASTEHATER MANAGEMENT MEASURES
   1)  Philosophical
       (Values)
Social and Economic Values
  (ownership)
Amenity Values
Public Health; Environmental quality
   2)  Statutory
   3)  Conceptualized
       Development
   4)  Legally Committed
       Development
   5)  Pnysleal
       Development
Land Use Law/Policy
Planning Law/Policy
General Plan Use Districts
Private Sector Development Proposals
Zoning
Subdivision Approvals
Building Permits
 Assesses Value
Buildings/Structures
Population
Land Use Activities
Wastewater Management and Hater
Pollution Legislation and Policy
Feasibility Studies; Facility
plans; Planned Service Area Expansions
Facility Capacities
Service Area
Facility operation
Mater quality
     Table VI . 1:  MEASURES Of LAND DEVELOPMENT: LAND USE AND HASTEHATER MANAGEMENT
Measures of  Land Use  Development

Level  3 - Conceptualized and  Planned  Development

Public Sector Planning:   Prior to the adoption of the  TRPA Plan in
1972,  county and city general  plans were the  official  public  documents
indicating planned land  uses.   In 1969 these  general plans were
adopted in the aggregate by the TRPA  as an official  interim regional
plan.   These two points  in time, 1969 and 1972, provide the only
basinwide measures of planned  land use.  Unfortunately the individual
counties and the City of South Lake Tahoe did not systematically
review, update and record changes in  their General  Plans, thus no
quantitative record of public  planning is available  for the entire
study period.
                                    31

-------

IIVIO USE
CATEGORIES
PU1SL ESTATE
RESID ESTATE OVER 1
LOW RES1D. 1-3 DW/AC
HED RES ID. 4-8 DW/AC
l!f IKSID 8-IS OW/AC
TIORI5T COWtRCIAL
LirtlTEO OR LOCAL C0ffl
HENERAL COftERCIAL
SERVICE INDUSTRY
coimv TOTALS
PERCENT REDUCTION
PLACER COUNTY
INTERIM TRPA CHMG£
PLA'I PLA'I
"•°9° 1-2,0 -,2.650
1,770J
ft. 190 1.950 -1.230
2M 370 4t40
490 330 -160
100 70 -30
J40T
[- 400 -490
550 J
40 230 4190
22,800 8.5W -14,230
f.J.«
EL DORADO COUNTY
InTEuIN 1RPA CCAW
PLAN PLAN
'°> 0 -20
0-'
11.750 7,680 -4,070
390 810 4420
630 1,120 -(491)
980 880 . -100
110-1
\- 940 *410
420 J
430 530 4)00
14.730 11,960 -2.770
18,81
DOUGLAS COUNTY
INTERIM TRI>A CHANGE
PLAN PLAN
"T-60 -1,240
1,300-1
1 ,830 1 ,130 -500
850 240 -MO
GOO 614 4110
520 270 -251
«0-t
U 139 >70
140-1
110 70 -40
SJ10 2,710 -ZfOn
44. Ot
HASIKK COUNTY
INTERIM TRPA .CHANGE
PLA1* PLAN
1- 300 -840
1,,40-J
2.650 2,190 -460
160 250 4-90
3M> 210 -ISO
230 120 -110
HO-1
[-260 -80
ISflJ
0 80 4BO
4,fBO 1,410 1.470
30.1X
TAHOE 8 AS IN
MTCRIM t«PA CIIA1W
PLW PLW
ll.llO-i
^570 -14,750
4.210-4
24.420 18.160 -f .260
1.630 1,670 -40
l.'HO 2^70 »?oo
1.830 1,340 -490
670-1
M.730 -230
1.2
-------
 legal  approval or commitment to land use and  development by a
 public authority.

 Zoning:  The history of  zoning in the Tahoe Basin is similar to that
 of  public planning—there  are very limited records with no systematic
 set of accounts to document changes.  It is reasonable to conclude
 that zoning practices reflected the prevailing  planning practices,
 exercising only minimal  regulation and control  of private development.
 Preliminary staff research indicates that documented zoning changes
 have increased land use  densities with only limited downzoning in
 Douglas and Placer Counties occurring since 1969.

 Subdivision:  The most consistent data expressing legally  committed
 development is the number  of lots approved through the land subdivision
 process.   The total number of subdivided lots has increased from
 17,754 in 1950 to 49,334 in-1970, an increase of 181% in twenty
 years  (Table VI-3).
YEAR
pre-1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1954
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971

1951-71
TOTAL
EL DORADO
NA
292
455
5-12
520
511
511
1565
565
1858
1944
265
368
472
598
1435
402
1526
1438
1152
510
1961
• , •
18890
PLACER
NA
0
10
39
42
229
33
84
44
482
547
168
140
576
221
611
383
112
64
224
563
826

5398
WASHOE
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
NA
84
443
273
569
41
725
0
0
1540
2686
1719
816

8896
DOUGLAS
NA '
0
15'
30
0
268
33
368
114
158
178
' . 211
51
48
45
206
128
0
420
- 72
73
720

3138

TOTAL/YR
17554
292
480
611
562
1008
577
2017
723
2493
2753
1087
832
1665
905
9.977
913
163?
3462
4134
2855
4323

36322
53876
AVERAGE/Y3
NA
97
160
204
187
336
192
672
241
833
688
272
208
416
226 *
744 j
228 i
410 j
866
1034 ;
671 :
1081 j
!
i

Table VI - 3:  NUMBER OF SUBDIVISION LOTS APPROVED FOR LAKE TAHOE
            BASIN BY COUNTY 1950- 1971

Source:  Tphoe Regional Planning Aoency  1"=400' Base Maps Oct. 1971 -
       Data comoilerl by author for UC  Santa Cruz Tahoe Data Rank for 1950-1967:
          Reqional Housinn Element Update - TRPA/Fconcmics Research
          Associates 1972 for 1068-1971
                                   33

-------
 The percentage increase  in subdivided  lots varies considerably among
 the four counties as does  the yearly variation  within  each county.
 It is  interesting to note  that subdivision approvals have consistently
 been three times greater than the  number  of single family housing units
 constructed.

 Building permits:   Nearly  20,000 building permits were issued  for
 housing  units  in the decade  of the sixties in the Tahoe Basin  (Table
 VI-4).

COUNTY
El Dorado 1
Placer
Washoe
Douglas
	
TOTAL

NUMBER OF UNITS
SINGLE
FAMILY
4269
1908 3
2349
522
9048

MULTIPLES
2037
1028
1409
570
5044

HOTELS/
MOTELS
1815
2016 2
921
844
5596

TOTAL
8121
4952
4679
1936
19688

             Table VI - 4:  R'JILDING PERMITS ISSUED FOR HOUSING UNITS — LAKE TAHOE
                         BASIN. 1960-1970.

             Source:  Raymond H.F. Smith, Housing Study of the Lake Tahoe Basin

                    1. From 19PO to 1963 some multiple and hotel/motel permits
                       did not record units; totals reflect author's estimates
                       for these years.

                    2. Placer County, Population and Housing Study. 1970,
                       Appendix C. Figure 1s total nunber of units built,
                       not permits Issued.

                    3. Includes 1970 permits hand-counted September, 1973.
Multiple units, hotels and motels, accounted  for more than  half  of the
building permits  issued  in the  1960's.   In a  period  of only four years
1967-1970,  a total  of 2,100 permits were issued for  condominiums
(Table VI-5).  These projects required  sewers since  clustered high
density uses could  not be accommodated  on septic tanks.

HEAR
1967
1968
1960
1970
TOTAL ,
LAKE TAIIOE BASIN
EL DORADO
' 29
11
76
109
!25
PIACCR
35
M
302
507
908 ,
DOUGLAS
18
«
4
70
117
UASHOC
57
W2
161
450
850
TOTAL
139
262
563
1136
Z100
                  Table VI - 5: BUILDING PERMITS ISSUED FOR CONDOMINIUM UNITS —
                           LAKE T.'K"£ B'SIII 19C7-70


                  Source: County Building apartments «nd Economic Rejtirch Associates;
                       reported In Regional Homing Element Update. 197Z.
                                     34

-------
This  increase  in  building activity associated with condominiums and
other  high  density units  mirrors national  and California trends, and
may not  be  attributed  solely to the availability of sewage capacity
needed to serve such developments.  Nationwide the construction of
multiple units has increased from 22% of all housing starts in 1960
to 43% in 1970  (Table  VI-6), an average of 35% for the ten year
period.  During the same  period multiple unit permits issued in the
Tahoe  Basin also  accounted for 35% of total permits issued.
YEAR
1960
19«1
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
SINGLE FAMILY
1068
988
996
1022
970
964
779
844
900
811
813
MULTIPLE
287
376
496
fi!9
559
509
387
448
608
£56
621
TOTAL
1295
1364
1492
1641
1529
1473
1165
1292
1508
1467
1434
MULTIPLE/TOTAL
22X
28X
33X
38X
37X
35X
33X
35X
40X
45X
43X
        Table VI - 6: U.S. HOUSING STARTS 1960-1970 (Thousands of Units)

        Source: U.S. Census of Housing, 1970
Assessed Valuation:  Assessed  value is  a defacto indicator of the
interaction between legal commitment and actual  physical development.
It is categorized here as a  legal  commitment since the basis of pro-
perty taxes includes prevailing market  conditions which are influenced
in part by zoning and land subdivision  as  well  as the improvements
and income generated on the  individual  parcels.


Table VI-7 shows the assessed  value of  Tahoe Basin lands, including
rates of increase within the four  counties containing urban development,
                                  35

-------
 Increases between  1960  and  1970 show rapid growth  rates  indicating  an
 urbanization process, especially  in the  Nevada Counties.
YEAR
1950
1955
1960
1965
1970
EL DORADO COUNTY
DOLLARS %Afrom
1%0
HA
14393000 2
39374000
73425000 8631
97450000 147X
PLACER COUNTY1
DOLLARS X^from
J960
8701000
13827000
23383000
41162000 76?
83R18000 258%
DOUGLAS COUNTY
DOLLARS %Afrom
1960
MA

6573000
21440000 226X
48694000 6411
WASHOE COUNTY
DOLLARS %.1from
I960-


3513000
17331000 393%
59522000 15942
   Table VI - 7:  ASSESSED VALUATION-LAKE TAHOE BASIN 1950-1970
              (Percentages are based on growth since 1960)

   Sources: Environmental Information Report, Tahoe Palace, {Smith, 1973)
          1.  Greater North Tahoe Chamber of Cormerce
          2.  Estimate of El Dorado County Assessor
Level 5  - Physical  Development

Population:  The permanent population of  the Tahoe Basin has increased
tenfold  in the  past 22 years,  from  2,500  residents in 1950  to an esti-
mate! 28,500 in  1972.   Ttte  peak summer"weekend population has climbed
from an  estimated 31,000  in 1950 to an estimate  of 155,000  in 1970
(although estimates range  from 98,000 (Walters Eng.  1973) to 247,000
(Smith 1971).)   Table VI- 8 compares permanent,  seasonal and peak
day  populations for 1950,  1960 and  1970.
Year
1950
I960
1970
Permanent
2.5001
12.461
25.892
XA*
__
398%
9351
Seasonal
24.0002
38.700
67,255
S&
_.
61%
1802
Peak
31 .6001
93.7003
I55.0Q04
JA
__
197%
391 *
        Table VI -8 :  POPULATION ESTIMATES—LAKE TAHOE BASIN. 1950-1970
           t% chanqe calculated  from 1950)
        Source:  Economic Research Associates and U.S. Census 1960. 1970


         South Lake Tahoe Chamber of Commerce, "Miscellaneous Data," 1972

         California Division of Water Resources, Report on Use of Water, June 1949
         (Figure 1s maximum peak date. California side only, 1948)

         Real Estate Research Corp., Economic Base Study, 1961

         Eckbo, Deans, Austin and Williams, "Tahoe Population Estimates and Projections"
         (for TRPA). 1973
                                       36

-------
 Housing:   Housing and recreation activity reflect  this  rapid increase
 in  population.  The basin  housing stock has more than doubled since
 1960 (Table VI - 9).  Washoe  County, which is dominated by the major
 Incline Village development,  has shown a spectacular  increase   Each
 of  the other counties has  shown  a substantial gain.
COUNTY
EL DORADO
PLACER
DOUGLAS' '
WASHOE
TOTAL

1960
5939
2907
1045
148
10039
• .1—
1970
11305
5915
2018
1814
21052
-^ — — _
t Change
90S
104X
931
11261
1101
          Table VI - 9:  TOTAL HOUSING UNITS. LAKE TAHOE BASIN 1960 and 1970
          Source:  Re£lonaJ_ Hourly EJemervt Update, 1972.

             SR5S.2
A summary of  existing housing units,  including motels, hotels  and
trailers is presented in Table VI  -  10.   Single family dwellings, in-
cluding mobile  homes, are now less than  half of the total  number of
units.  This  fact,  coupled with the  increased percentages  of multiple
units built over the last decade provides evidence of a move toward
greater densities in the residential  land use pattern.  This trend is
indicative of a rapidly urbanizing area  and marks a significant depar-
ture i from the second home mountain resort Tahoe community  of the
1950's.  The  South  Shore counties  contain twice the number of  housing
units as the  North  Shore counties.



EL DORADO
[SOUTH LAKE TAHOE]1

DOUGLAS
PLACER
HASHOE
TOTAL


«»!>.
11
8558
5270]

1167
4071
1024
4820

_J
0,
t-
i
3476
[2984]

618
wn
1123
6138
20958
| 	 ,
^
UJUJ
ii
6358


1291
2769
fl25
11243


s
_J
I
498
[265]

233
252
70
1053



1
185=0
[8519]

3174
8013
3042
	 1
.


South
Shore
22199
North
Shore •
11055
33254 j


        TABLE VI - in:  DWELLING UNITS (LAKE TAME BASIN FIELD CHECK APRIL

        Source:  (Smith 1971)

              1. U.S. Housing Census, 1970.
1971)
                             37

-------
Recreation Activity:  Gaming revenues, skier days,  and traffic volume
are the best measures of recreation and tourism activity in the Tahoe
Basin as only  limited data exist  on summer outdoor  recreation activities,

Legalized gaming was established  in the Tahoe Basin in 1955.  The
yearly increase in gaming has had a profound impact on the local eco-
nomy.  Table VI - 11 shows total  yearly gaming revenues in Douglas and
Washoe Counties.  The Washoe County figures hide the extremely rapid
growth within  the Tahoe Basin due to the magnitude  of the gaming in-
dustry in Reno-Sparks.  In contrast, nearly all  the gaming activity
in Douglas County occurs within the Basin.
YEAR
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962 -
1963
1964
1965
1966'
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
DOUGLAS COUNTY
Revenues
(dollars)
5,000,000
8,000,000
12,000,000
17,000,000
23,000,000
27,000,000
32,000,000
37,000,000
41,000,000
43,000,000
52,000,000
57,000,000
57,000,000
61,000,000
67,000,000
73,000,000
83,000,000
^Change
from 1956

50-
140
240
360.
440
540
640'
720
760
940
1040.
1040'
1120
1240-
1360
1560
WASHOE COUNTY
Revenues
(dollars)
31,000,000
38,000,000
40,000,000
46,000,000
54,000,000
57,000,000
60,000,000
62,000,000
71,000,000
76,000,000
84,000,000
88,000,000
89,000,000
95,000,000
107,000,000
120,000,000
134,000,000
/^Change
from 1956

23
29
47
74
81
94
100
129
145
171
184
190
206
245
287
300
  Table VI  -  11:
GAMING REVENUES — NEVADA COUNTIES  WITH
AREAS  IN LAKE TAHOE  BASIN  1956-72.   (Revenu
from  Reno and Sparks  included in  Washoe  Com
figures)
  Source;   Nevada  Gaming Commission
                              38

-------
 The decade of the 1960's was marked with a dramatic increase  in  the
 growth of skiing in the Lake Tahoe region.  The north shore area
 experienced a five-fold increase in the number of skier days  between
 1960 and 1970, with a three-fold increase at south shore ski  areas
 (Table VI - 12).
YEAR
1960v
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969,
1970
1971
1972
NORTH
SKIER DAYS
i4o;ooo
170,000
200,000
230,000
260,000
300,000
336,000
605,000
641,000
702,000
701,000
740,000
785,000
SHORE
X chanqe
from 1960

21%
43*
64%
86%
114%
140%
332%
358%
401%
401%
429%
461%
SOUTH SHORE
SKIER DAYS
110,000
120,000
130,000
140,000
150,000
160,000
175,000
230,000
230,000
340,000
302,000
333,000
364,000
% change
from 1960

•?%
18%
27%
36%
45%
59%
109%
109%
209%
175%
203%
231%
     Table VI -.12:  SKIER DAYS LAKE TAHOE BASIN 1960-72

     Source:  U.S. Forest Service. North Lake Tahoe Chamber of Conmerce and
             Economic Research Associates.
Annual traffic census figures  from  the California and Nevada highway
departments provide an excellent measure of the increase in demand for
the Tahoe Basin Recreation  amenities.   Three major highways provide
access to the basin:  Highway  50 and  Highway 89 in California and
Highway 50 in Nevada.  The increases  in traffic volume on these high-
ways are shown in Table VI - 13.  Highway 50 shows a steady increase
in both California and Nevada  and clearly handles the major portion
of vehicular traffic.  The traffic  on Highway 89 during the years pre-
ceding and immediately following the  1960 Olympic Games (1957-1961)
dropped off sharply in 1962 and 1963  and has failed to reach previous
                                39

-------
 levels in spite of  the conversion of  old  U.S.  route 40 to freeway
 standards (now Interstate 80).  (See  Figure V  - 1  for location  of
 highway access to the Lake Tahoe Basin.)
YEAR
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1951
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
HIGHWAY-50 EL DORADO CO.
~ j cnanq
VEHICLE? from 1950
2543
3053 20X
3154 24 %
3745 47X
4311 70X
4551 79X
5556 118X
6417 152*
7388 191X
7033 21 2X
9491 273X
8650 240X
5950 134X
9550 276*
8450 232X
10350 307X
10600. 31 7X
10300 ' 305X
10000 293X
10500 31 3j[
10250 303X
11050 335X
12150 378X
HIGHWAY 89-PLACER CO.
VEHICLES frlVfr
2332
1800 -23X
2508 fit
2056 -12X
3444 481
3430 471
3841 65*
4414 89t
4408 91X
4480 92X
4455 91X
4000 72X
2900 24X
1800 -23X
1900 -19X
2150 -8X
2250 -4X
2375 2X
2400 3X
2750 18X
3100 '33X
3350 44X
3750 61X
HIGHWAY 50-CARSON CO.
VEHICLES fii'ftfiP
465
512 10X
592 27X
751 62X
787 69X
913 96X
978 11 OX
1109 138X
1388 198X
1595 243X
1620 248X
1664 258X
1723 271X
1874 303X
2013 333X
2183 369X
2435 . 424X
2244 383X
2317 398X
2307 396X
2583 455X
2726 496X
2983 542X
   Table VI - 13: MOTOR VEHICLES ENTERING TAHOE BASIN (AVERAGE DAILY COUNT t 2) 1950-1972

   Source:  Annual Traffic Census, Calif. Division of Highways and Nevada Department
          of Highways
          1. Authors Interpolation
Measures  of Wastewater Management Activity

Level  3 — Conceptualized Development

Sewerage  facility feasibility  studies are the main  source of data for
this level.  Most studies were conducted by consulting  engineering
firms  since the special districts had no in-house engineers.  These
studies generally included three  elements:  determination of system
sizing, location of treatment  plants and lines and  financing of
facilities.

Both new  and expanded treatment plants have been oversized since 1968
especially those in Douglas County and Incline Village—see Table VI -
14.  This  was apparently due to the magnitude of the  population pro-
jections  used by consulting engineers to determine  potential plant
                                   40

-------

YEAR
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
11971
J1972
ISA
i 	
STPUD
I't-KLh"!
CAPACITY
FLOW CAPACITY UTILIZED
1,300.000 Z, 500,000 52
1 ,800,000 2,500,000 72
2,000,000 2.500,000 80
2,600,000 ?, 500,000 104
2,500.000 2,500,000 100
2,900,000 2,500,000 116
2,600,000 7.500,000 35
2,600,000 7.500,000 35
3,000,000 7,500,000 40
3,330,000 7,500.000 44
3,500,000 7,500,000 47
169% 200X
DCSID fl
PERCENT
CAPACITY
FLOH CAPACITY UTILIZED
[300,000) 300.000 100
[350,000) 300,000 117
[445, 000) 300,000 148
(52l.oon) ano.non 173
568,000) 300,000 190
[587,00") 3V>,(VX> 196
582.000 3.000,000 19
sy.noo 3.000.000 20
600,000 3,noO,000 20
620,ono 3,ono.nf)o 21
650,000 3,000,000 22
117% 900%
Tufiin
PERCENT
CAPACITY
FLOW CAPACITY UTILIZED
HA 700.000
NA 700,000
N* 700,000
NA 700,000
HA 700,000
250,000 700,000 36
439,000 700,000 63
325.000 700,000 «6
433.000 700,000 62
588.000 3,000,000 20 j
NA 3,000.000
135! 329%
Trpnp 2
PERCENT
CAPACITY
FLOy CAPACITY UTILIZED
NA }50,000
NA 250,000
NA 250,000
1 70 000 250 000 68
183 000 250 000 73
361 000 250.000 144
37,000 250.000 95
25.000 ' Torino 46
396,000 1.444.000 27
603,000 1.444,000 42
323,000 1.444.000 57
384% 4781
NTFUD Z
PERCENT "
CAPACITY
FLOW CAPACITY UTILIZED
NA 800,000
NA 800,000
NA BOO, 000
958,000 800,000 120
565,000 800,000 71
987,000 800,010 123
555,000 800,000 69
1.203,000 800.000 150
667,000 1.656.000 40
1.560,000 1,656.000 94
1.091,000 1,656,000 66
141 107S
Table VI - 14:   AVERAGE  DAILY  PEAK MONTH SEWAGE FLOWS AND PLANT CAPACITIES (GAL./QAY)  1950-1972


Source:   Sewerage District  Offices
         Underlined  figures depict situations where dally capacity vas  less  than  average  dally flows during the peak month.
         *   is  based on first year In each district for which figures  were  available

         1.   This capacity  figure  Is actually allotment 1n STPUD plant  until 1f»fi8.  Flows 1962-67 for DCSID II are recorded
             also In STPUO. 1962-57. -

         2.   Joint treatment plant for TCPUD S  "TPUD began operating 1n 1970.  Capacities  figures  have  been  allotted.
             by  agreement between  these districts.

-------
flows.  Ultimate peak summer population  projections which have been
used for facility sizing range from  200,000 to 680,000 (see Figure A
of Appendix  C,  Population Projections).   These projections were based
on very limited data covering very few years.   For example, a 1959
report partly based facility sizes on  a  "greatly accelerated rate of
growth (which)  began in 1955 . ,  . the presently apparent trend is
likely to  continue for a good many years."   (Brown and Caldwell, 1959,
p. 33)

In addition  to  the creation of instant trends, engineering firms
tended to  borrow their projections from  other  studies rather than
develop their own (see Appendix C for  several  examples).  The paucity
of time-series  data is partly responsible for  compounded errors.
Independent  research, however, could have limited the perpetuation
of misinformation and inaccurate projections.
                                                 «
Conceptualized  development of properly sized facilities has also been
hindered by  the tremendous disparity between peak loads and average
loads on treatment systems.  This condition is primarily a function
of tourism in the Tahoe Basin.

Another measure of conceptualized development  is the planned expansion
of sewerage  district service areas.  Table  VI  - 15 shows present ser-
vice district areas and major annexations.   These service areas are
compared with the maximum permitted  urban uses indicated in county
general land use plans (TRPA Interim Plan)  and also with the current
TRPA Plan.
01STAICT
Tihoe City PUD
North Tihoe PUS
Incline Village
GIO
Washoe SID fl
Crystal Day
GI3
South Tthoe PUD
Douglas Co.
SID 11
Kln^sbury
RciinJ Hill
. Tahoe Doug Us
T Elk Point
FCRHAflON
DATE
1938
194}
l»6l
196S
1972
19SO
1953
1964
1964
1969
1969
SIKVICE
DISTRICT
ARIA
(ACRES)
17,730
4,300
8.910
60
160
21, 200
300
4,000
750
3,400
100
ItA.l.iit
All!. MM IONS
(Ar.itrs)
1010
4:ir.n
3170
6500
2080
19Gfi
1%7
1968
1970
1971

2270 (1966)



4450
1640
1480
8390
1958
1965
1967
1972





•
mini ML
tRLATIllNT
PLANT
CAPACITY
(GALLONS/DAY)
250,000 (1953)
800.000 (1954)
700.000 (1962)


200.000 (1952)
2,500,000 (I960)
300.000
(allotment In
STPUD Plant)

EXI'IINB
TRLAHLNT
PLANT
CAPACITY
(GALLONS/DAY)
3,100,000 (1970)

3,000.000 (1171)


7,500.000 (1968)
3.000.000 (1968)

t
1
!
Mximm RtsinrNMAi AM
cmriERCHL nrvnnpHinT
(•.CUES)
INTERIM
PLAN '
10.620
3,120
4,2(0
' 60
140
ll.SSO
930
1,113
> 540
1.910
SO
TaPA
PLAN t
5,300
2,550
. 3,010
50
0
10,540
S«0
510
420
i.nm
70
'WtfBf
-5.J20
•570
T.Jio
-10
-140
-1,110
-350
-1,120
•-120
-880
»20
PmCCKT
C«ANGf_
-50. 1J
-is.n
•zo.UJ
•16.71
-100.01
- 9.SJ
-37. it
f
1 -M.«
•zz.n
•4t.U
"01
   Ttblc VI • 15: SUWARY OF SEWERAGE DISTRICT DEVELOPMENT


   Source: Scwtrage District Offices

        I. TRPA INTERIM PLAN: Does not Include recreation or open ipac« land use ctttoorUt

        2. TRPA PLAN: Docs not Include development reserve or recreation land use categories

-------
  Level 4 — Legally  Committed Development   .

  Data at this  level  include the rated capacities  of treatment plants and
  the costs of  constructing and expanding such  facilities.  The pattern
  of added sewage  capacities in the Basin between  1950 and 1970 is very
  clear (Figure VI  -  1).   Small plants were  built  at both the north and
  south shores  in  the early 1950's.  The South  Lake Tahoe plant, where
  the population concentration was greatest,  increased capacity eleven-
  fold in 1960.  By the late 1960's all plants  were operating near
  capacity and  three  new plants and one large plant expansion occurred
  between 1968  and  1971.   The decision to export all sewage from the
  basin and the concurrent availability of federal water pollution
  control grants was  undoubtedly a major impetus for expansion during
  this period.
     9-h
     7	
>-
I—1
o


o
6-


5
   5. 3
     2 ••
                                 A3
                                       Dl
                                                           B3  D3
     1950  1952  1954  1956  1958  1960  1962  1964  1966  1968  1970  1972  1974
       Figure VI - 1:  TIMING OF WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT FACILITY PROVISION AND EXPANSION
       KEY:
       IS!
       IS!
EL DORADO COUNTY
PLACER COUNTY
DOUGLAS COUNTY
WASHOE COUNTY
(1
(2.
(3)
INITIAL PLANT CONSTRUCTION
CAPACITY ALLOCATION FROM OTHER DISTRICT
CAPACITY ADDED
                                    43

-------
 Developing useful date on costs has proved very difficult.  Estimates
 of total wastewater treatment costs have been as high as $82,000,000
 (U.S. Senate 1972a, p. 11) in the Lake Tahoe Basin.  Most of these
 expenditures have been made since 1966 when a bi-state policy  man-
 dated sewering of all development and the export of all  effluent.
 Federal grants which have totaled about $16,200,000 have financed
 treatment plants, interceptor lines and export facilities.

 A quantitative analysis of these costs was not possible.  Cost
 reporting has been very unreliable both within and among sewerage
 districts, and sets of federal  grant allocation data collected for
 this study have also proved incomplete or inconsistent.

 Level 5  -  Physical  Development

 Sewage flows  are the best available measure of actual  utilization
 of wastewater treatment facilities.

 Average daily peak month  flows  have shown large increases  as would  be
 expected in an  area experiencing rapid growth.   The increases  have  been
 steady and consistent  among districts  with  the exception of the North
 Tahoe PUD.  At  North Tahoe the  peak  flows have been in March or April
 as contrasted to August for the  Basin  districts  as  a whole.  Snow
 melt  infiltration into the lines may have contributed  substantially
 to these peak flows  (Walters, 1973).

 Treatment  plant  capacities underlined  in  Table  VI -  14 indicate years
 in which peak month average daily  flows exceeded rated capacities.  This
 often resulted  in plant overflows.   In each case an expanded treat-
 ment  capacity was added within several years.   Federal grants for
 treatment  plants,  interceptor lines  and export  pumps and lines were
 readily  available in the mid-sixties to make such expansion economical-
 ly feasible (U.S.  Senate,  1972a).

 Existing equivalent population figures can be derived by dividing
 wastewater flows  by an  assumed number of gallons of wastewater each
 person would  contribute (Table VI -  16). Estimates of this per capita
 factor have varied considerably.  The first column of Table VI - 16
 provides a range  of factors used in various wastewater feasibility
 studies.  The calculated 1970 seasonal  population of 67,900 using a
 factor of 75 gallons per capita per day is consistent with other
estimates (see Table VI - 8).   The peak population equivalent as
derived in the table is considerably lower than other estimates which
range from 98,885  (Walters Engineering, 1973) to 248,000 (Ray Smith,
1971).  These calculations do  account for continued use of septic
tanks (perhaps an additional  5,000 persons).  In addition,  if

-------
 infiltration  of  snow melt and ground water are included  in  the calcu-
 lations, effective treatment flow would  also decrease, thus lowering
 population equivalent figures by as much as 5,000 to 10,000 persons
GALLONS/
:APITA/
DAY
751
100
1402
AVERAGE
DAILY FLOW
PEAK MONTH
5.096,000
5.096,000
5.096,000
ESTIMATED
SEASONAL
POPULATIONS
67.900
50.960
36,400
PEAK DAY3
6.440.000
6.440.000
6.440,000
ESTIMATED
POPULATION
85.900
64,400
46.000
         Tabt*  VI - 16: CALCULATED PEAK POPULATION ASSUMING VARIOUS PER
                    CAPITA FLOWS. LAKE TAHOE BASIN, 1970


         Source:  Sewerage District Offices
                1.  Crystal Bay Dew. Co. Incline Village
                2.  Walters Engineering, 1973
                3.  Report ort L.T. Region Wastewater Collection. Treatment
                   ing Disposal, prepared for TRPA, 1971; These figures
                   •re called Historical Maximum dally flow.
This  analysis is of limited  value without a method to discount the
per capi.ta factor for day  users and overnight  visitors.  Such an
approach is beyond the scope of this research,  but the need for a
more  sophisticated factor  points out the difficulties inherent in
determining the composition  of populations in  recreation areas.

Relationships Beteen Land  Use and Wastewater Management Activity
The purpose of this part of  Section VI is to describe the structural
and causal  relationships between land use and wastewater management
data  as  determined through statistical methods.  Since the research
is specifically concerned  with the changes and  relationships among
data  over a 23-year period,  time series data were  requisite for
statistical analysis.

Extensive sets of data were  compiled from primary  and secondary sources
to provide  a range of measures of various pertinent activities, in-
cluding  land use changes,  wastewater management, economic indicators,
other infrastructure, and  major exogenous factors.   These data sets
were  then prepared for computer processing.  A  compilation of data
items is  listed in Appendix  E.

Data characteristics

Variations  in the magnitude  and pattern of change  in  pertinent time-
series data sets have shaped  the selection of analytical  methods.  The

-------
 data sets generally fall  into four distinct categories  as shown in
 Table VI - 17.   This table graphically illustrates  the  pattern of
 change common  to each category by  plotting cumulative  data  totals
 over time.
CATEGORY
1

2

3



4





CHARACTERISTICS OF
TEMPORAL CHANGE
steady linear or
exponential Increase

uneven or variable
linear or exponential
increase

stepped, Irregular
Increases


stepped, Irregular
Increase and decrease





1ze/area/no.










*•*


gaARACp STIC PLOT
^^
time
s^f^
time


_J
time

1



time
DATA
population
sewage flows
gaming revenues

subdivision approvals
building permits
traffic volume
skller days
assessed valuation


treatment plant
capacity
wastewator service
district area



land use plan
use-acreages
population holding
capacity of land
use plans


    Table VI - 17:  DATA CLASSIFICATION SHOWING CHARACTERISTICS OF LONGITUDINAL CHANGE

    Source: staff
These  patterns  are not unique to the Tahoe  case,  but appear to be
general  properties of land use and infrastructure system data.  The
stepped-type  pattern (categories 3 and 4) characteristic of infra-
structure activity  particularly limits comparisons  with data sets in
other  categories.   T-Tests proved to be the best  method for the analy-
sis of stepped-type data.

Data Limitations:   Data limitations were also an  influential  factor in
the selection of analytical  methods.  The following  limitations were
determined:

-------
 and                                                     of
      2.  Numerous data gaps exist in spite of a thorough and systematic
 reconnaissance of both primary and secondary sources!         systematic
 HirtiiL Th* Juality of data is poor in many cases.   Numerous  contra
 dictions exist among recorded data.   Accounting systems  vary amonq
 reporting units.  Some units are not congruent with  the  study  a?ea.
  .^.4* ,The major expansions of sewerage capacity have  all  occurrpH
 within the last two to five years.   Land  usechange follow ng  these
 expansions can only be analyzed for a  very short  period  of time

      5.  The period of time surrounding the creation of  TRPA may have
 been one of anticipation and adjustment by land developers   Tf so,
 dJSinSSnl hls,p?ri0d- wou!d not reflect typical patterns of  land
 development, at least in its relationship to wastewater  system activity.

 Statistical  Analysis

 Units of Observation:   The  Tahoe Basin provides numerous possibilities
 for data aggregation:   states,  counties,  wastewater management dis-
 tricts, north  and  south lake shore  economies (Symonds, 1970).  Five
                                                              °f
      1.  total number of discrete data available;

      2.  total number of discrete data capable of disaggregation;


                                                 USe and wastewater
     4.  data represented within each of the three levels of land
         development influence (i.e., planned, committed,  actual);
     5*  sifnif -ent nUmber °f tirne"series observations for statistical


County level data could best provide for a reasonable range of analy-
sis, especially in the area of land use data.   El  Dorado,  Washoe
                                            .            ,
          Si Countles ,each Conta1n a large wastewater management
        ;  Placer County contains two large districts.  Furthermore
separate treatment plants and export systems now exist for each  county.

Land development has varied dramatically among  the four counties  add
ing another dimension to the analysis.   Table VI - 18 combes pre-lgso
                                47

-------
development with  development occurring during  the  period  1950-1970
and the development  projected  under  the TRPA Plan.
LJ
CC
O
I

LAKE TAHOE
CALIFORNIA
PLACER CO.
YEAR
PRE-1950
1950-19701
1971- 1990 2
ACRES
3840
5910
8570
sq. MILES
6.00
9.23
13.39

', INCREASE


54. 0%
45.0?
EL DORADO CO.
YEAR
PRE-1950
1950-1970
1971-1990
ACRES
4830
10750
11960
SO. MILES
7.55
16.8
18.7
2 INCREASE


122. 6X
11.31
BASIN
NEVADA

YEAR
PRE-1950
1950-1970
1971-1990
WASHOE CO.
ACRES
460
3490
3410
SQ. MILES
.72
5.45
5.33

X INCREASE


659.0?,
0 *,
DOUGLAS CO.
YEAR
PRE-1950
1950-1970
1971-1990
ACRES
940
2040
2710
Sq. MILES
U46
3.19
4.23
X INCREASE
.

117. OX
32.8*
  Table VI - 18:  PAST AND EXISTING SUBDIVIDED LANDS'AND PROJECTED LAND DEVELOPMENT: LAKE TAHOE BASIN

    Note:  Pre-1950 and 1950-1970 data are actual subdivided lands; 1971-1990 are lands Indicated for
          development on the TRPA plan.

  Sources:  1. Staff hand count June 1963 from r-4000' TRPA Base Maps 1971; calculated from UCSC
            'Tahoe Data Bank
          2. TRPA General Plan 1971; calculated from UCSC Tahoe Data Bank 1973.
On  the  basis  of these  factors it  is reasonable,  as well as practical,
to  select a county level  of  aggregation as  the  units  for  statistical
analysis.
                                     48

-------
 Prior to undertaking  specific  analysis,  data  were  organized  into  six
 sets defined by the planned, permitted,  and actual  development  levels
 as shown in  Figure VI -  19.

LAND
DEVELOPMENT
LEVEL
Conceptual
Cownlttment
(Plans)
Legal
Comnlttment
(Permits,
Approvals)
Physical
Provision
(Construction)
VARIABLE
A. LAND USE MEASURES
A-l. General Plan Use Districts
Zoning Plans
Population Projections
A-2. Subdivision Approvals
A-3. Housing Units
Assessed Valuation
Popul »t1 on—Permanent ,
Seasonal, Peak
Traffic Volumes
Skller Days
Gaming Revenues
B. UASTEWATER MANAGEMENT
MEASURES
B-l. Feasibility Studies
Facility Plans
Population Projections
Service Area Plans
B-2. Annexations; Service
Area Expansions
Facility Grant
B-3. Assessment Districts;
Service Areas
Sewerage Flows
Customers
Treatment Plant
Capacl ty
        Table VI - 19:  DATA SETS FOR STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
Of primary interest is the strength and direction of  influence between
and among sets.  A total of thirty possible direct relationships
exist among the six sets (6!).  Conceptually the influence levels
indicate a time sequence; that is, level two would generally follow
level one.  However, a change in level two or three may produce a
?A S?e ln,le!I?  °H?' .For examPle* an increase in seasonal population
(A-3) would directly increase"sewage flows (B-3).  The population pro-
jection (A-l, B-l) based on this seasonal increase would likely in-
n!USC?RCnn9e 13.9-n-ra1 Plan- an? Z0nin9 (A-l); wastewater facility
plans (B-l); subdivision activity (A-2) and service district annexations
\o-e.).

The necessary data sets include well over one-hundred variables count-
ing discrete data for each county and sewerage district   Onlv
^Jnt¥n™nable? are defined by continuous time series data from
1950-1972, considerably limiting analysis of the twenty-three year
period.   Data for^STPUD and El Dorado County provide the majority of
complete time series data.
                                49

-------
The analysis has been conducted using the Statistical Package for the
Social Sciences  (SPSS) Version 5.  Statistical analyses including
correlation, factor analysis, regression, and T-tests were employed
to determine the nature and degree of relationships among selected
data sets.

Findings

The following discussion of analytical techniques is presented in sum-
mary form; Appendix D, Statistical Analysis, provides a complete
description of all  statistical tests and results.

Correlation:  Correlation coefficients indicate the strength of rela-
tionships between pairs of time series of data.  The fifteen variables
shown in Table VI - 20 were selected to provide measures of five
development categories:   land use, wastewater management,  tourist
activity, population,  and market influence.




1



lul
0
3
r-
£5
^^
g

-------
A matrix of correlation coefficients was computed for each data pair,
resulting in one-hundred and five discrete coefficients for each county.
The statistically significant correlations all  indicate a positive
relationship between variables.  Although ninety-nine statistically
significant coefficients were computed, the small  sample size (i.e.,
number of years of observation) prohibited statistical  differentiation
of the relative strength among coefficients.  The significant cor-
relations indicate the data have a positive relationship of unknown
strength.  No other conclusion may be drawn from these results.

Factor Analysis:  Factor analysis is a widely employed statistical
method for aggregating data sets which exhibit common variation.  By
reducing a large number of related variables into factors, the re-
searcher can use fewer measures in analysis without losing the contri-
bution of individual data.

A number of factor matrices were computed for the fifteen data sets
selected for correlation analysis.  The resulting factors did not
exhibit any logical structure and were inconclusive for application
in further analysis (see Appendix D).

Regression:  Stepwise multiple regression analysis determines which
data, acting independently, best explain or predict the variation in
specified dependent data.  A dependent variable is first selected by
the researcher and a "prediction equation" is then computed for
specified independent variables.  The regression computations rank the
independent variables according to their strength in explaining change
in the dependent variable.  The step indicated by ranking at which
an independent variable enters the regression equation measures its
relative ability to  explain the remaining variance in the dependent
variable.  An independent variable appearing in step-one indicates
the strongest relationship to the dependent variable; step-two indi-
cates next strongest, etc.  Causality can be inferred if the indepen-
dent variable clearly precedes the dependent variable in time.

Discrete measures of land use and wastewater management were selected
as dependent variables for each of the land development influence
levels, i.e., planning, legal commitment, and physical provision.  A
wide range of land use and wastewater measures were entered as in-
dependent variables and stepwise regression equations were computed.
By comparing the ranking of independent variables in the regression
equations to the sequence they normally follow in the development pro-
cess (Table VI - 19) causality can be inferred.

Anticipation to treatment plant expansion was statistically tested
by computing regression equations with the dependent variable treat-
ment plant capacity hypothetically advanced by one and two years.  Capa-
cities were also hypothetically lagged by one and two years to provide
a corresponding measure of the influence following increased  capacity.


                               51

-------
 The  following  data sets were selected as dependent variables.  Waste-
 water management activities selected were treatment plant capacity
 service  area,  and treatment plant flows.  Land use activities were*
 limited  to  subdivision approvals and total building permits.

 The  following  discussion summarizes the results of the computed regres-
 sion equations.

 Treatment Plant  Capacity,  El  Dorado County:   Five regression equations
 were computed  for South Tahoe PUD plant capacity by hypothetically
 moving the  dependent variable (capacity) from minus two years to
 plus two years from the date  of  plant expansion (Table VI - 21).  The
 variables entering these time series  comparisons would indicate
 anticipation of  expansion  (-2, -1 years) and  response  to expansion
 (+1, +2 years).



£„
e£
Sf£
lua:
§5-
M



STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 3
STEP 4
"STEP f~
PRF-EXPAMSIOH
-Zyrs
Subdivision / aci
Approvals t>B5J
Sk1 Days / q,i
South Shore (-97>




-1 yrs
Subdivision i „,»
Approvals ('e''
Bullrflnq / O«L\
Permits UB5)
SM Days , »nl
South Shore <-s"'
Service / OQ1
District 't8S'

FXPANSION

Service / Bn\
District (-8n)
Subdivision! ql\
Approvals ('3i'
,
Gflmlng / 0*\
nouglas Co.l'pz'
Traffic / «3\
Volume (>93)

POST-EXPANSION
»1 yr
Ski nays / B5,
South Shore {-™>
Permanent / P7\
Population l'B7>
fiamlng / 0,»
Douglas Co. 1
-------
the expansion of wastewater management facilities may in fact have
stimulated subdivision activity  prior to the opening of expanded
plants, and stimulated intensive recreation following expansion.

Treatment Plant Capacity,  Placer County:   A  distinctly different pat-
tern emerges from a  similar analysis  of North Tahoe and Tahoe City PUD's
plant expansions in  Placer County (Table VI -22 ).  In the years
preceding plant expansion, single family building permits are the
dominant land use variable, although  in each case it is the second-
step variable in the regression  equation.   Service area enters at the
first step, indicating an  expansion/capacity relationship similar to
that of South Tahoe  PUD.



£
lAl lij
INDEPENO
VARIA8L




STEP 1
STEP 2
STEP 3
STEP « •
STEP 5
PRE-EXPANSION
-2yr»
Ski Days , „.
North Shore l'S3J
Single , ...
Family , *'S8'
Building
Permits




-lyr
Service / .,«
Area (-B3)
Single , „»
Family ('w}
Building
Permits
Multiple , „.,
Building <'85'
Permits
Permanent / „,.
Population I'"*'

EXPANSION

Multiple , ...
Building <-93)
Permits
Slngl» , „,
Family 
-------
 Wastewater Flows:  Building permits constitute the only significant
 variable explaining the character of the dependent variable, treat-
 ment plant flows.  Single family building permits at the north shore
 and total building permits at the south shore were found to be the
 best indicators of increased flows.

 Subdivision Approvals:  The following influences on the dependent
 variable, subdivision approvals, were determined.  Gross gaming
 revenues (Douglas County) provide the initial regression variable in
 El  Dorado County, followed by plant capacity.  In Placer County the
 first step variable is permanent population with multiple and motel/
 hotel  building permits entering at step two.

 El  Dorado County subdivision  activity appears to be stimulated by the
 south  shore gaming industry perhaps through either direct economic
 activity or through high visitor days.   Placer County subdivision
 activity may reflect demand expressed through growth in population and
 construction.   This may indicate a stronger regulation  of land use in
 Placer  County  in contrast with  El  Dorado County's apparent policy of
 supporting  land speculation.

 Building  Permits and  Wastewater  Service  Areas:   No conclusive findings
 were determined in the  regression  equations  computed  for  these variables

 T-Tests:
        •* !»	———— — —  —^  v..v vwwwwiiw w  •  w WM w i .^ i# i \* *   ni i jr  QLJ&JQ I Cl I U
 difference must be subjected to  this  kind of testing  since  the variation
 within  a  group  may be too  large  to allow  inferences to  be made about
 the accuracy of the group mean.  This test can be extremely powerful
 in situations where the means are  sufficiently disparate because  a
 significant difference can be detected even  with  very small samples.

 Although  correlation and regression techniques can be used  to determine
 the nature and  strength of relationships among variables, the peculiar
 characteristics  of wastewater infrastructure capacity (i.e.,  the
 stepped nature  of capacity and the magnitude of capacity added) suggest
 a need  for analysis of land use measures (subdivision approvals and
 building permits)  preceding and following treatment plant expansion.

T-test  statistics were computed for six land use variables using
groups defined by periods preceding and following treatment plant
expansions and periods when plants experienced flows very near the
limits of their capacity.  The six land use variables and the types  of
;:  The  significance  of  the  difference  between  two  group  averages
is, can  be  tested  by  the Student's  T-statistic.  Any apparent     "
>« A _ __. .._. J. L_  __.!_*_ __i__l _•__  i I * .  i •  •   *•  *   • •     .     . . *
                                54

-------
periods  selected,  including  three hypothetical  examples  of T-test
results  are shown  in Table VI - 23.

as 3
C !E O f^ «3?
2D£<»UJ2
C 19 a »> o: •-
31







Ul
s
s



s







J l» ^4 UJ _J
BUILDING
PERMIT
SINGLE
FAMILY
BUILDING
PERMIT
MULTI-
FAMILY
BUILDING
PERMIT
MULTI-
FAMILY
PLUS MOTEL/
GROUPS (YEARS)

PRF-
INITIAL
PLANT

1,
a





POST
INITIAL
PLANT

2m
»


'b

!


t
,


HOTEL
ACRES !
SUBDIVIDED
LOTS i
SUBDIVIDED
J
-LOTS ;
PER "
i ACBf







1
c

PRE-
EXPAN-
SION





'b

•











i
c


OVER
CAPACITY





'b







POST
MAJOR
EXPAN-
SION





2b













2f
c








            Table VI -23:  LAND USE VARIABLE FRAMEWORK FOR T-TEST GROUPS
                       Examples a, b, and c Indicate organization of data into
                       test groups. In example a. the two groups measure building
                       permits Immediately preceding and following provision of
                       Initial facilities.  Example b groups multiple family building
                       permits following Initial plant provision and major plant
                       expansion, and example c measures lots per acre between
                       provision and expansion grouped Into below and over capacity
                       periods.
Statistically  significant differences were found among eight  pairs of
test  groups.   An additional twelve pairs  showed differences  in the
variables which were not statistically significant  (rusi)» but which
warrant inclusion in the discussion.

El  Dorado County:  Following the 1968 South Tahoe PUD plant  expansion
the average acreage of  subdivisions dropped from a  37 acre mean in
1960-1967 to a 19 acre  mean in  1968-1972  (Table VI  - 24).  Since.no
parallel reduction in the number of lots  per subdivision accompanied
this  reduction in acreage, a large increase must have occurred in
the average density of  land use.   The number of lots per acre
                                     55

-------
actually increased from  2.6  (1960-1967)  to  4.2  (1968-1972).
Period of
Observation
Group 1— Between original
plant capacity and first
plant capacity expansion
Group 2--Between first
plant capacity expansion
and major plant capacity
expansion
Group 1— Between first
plant capacity expansion
and major plant capacity
expansion
Group 2— Following major
plant capacity expansion
Group I—Between first r
plant capacity expansion
and Initial overcapacity
year 1965
Group 2- -Overcapacity years
preceding major plant
capacity expansion
Grouo 1
years
1951-
1959
1960-
1967
1960-
1964

mean
—
«
31
83
3.0
341
283
37
90
2.6
378
213
40
90
2.3
Group 2
years
1960-
1967
1968-
1972
1965-
1967
mean
341
283
37
90
2.6
308
195
19
78
4.2
280
399
32
78
2.8
Test Variable
building permits SF
building permits MF
acres/subdivision
lots/subdivision
lots/acre
building permits SF
building permits MF
acres/subdivision
lots/subdivision
lots/acre
building permits SF
building penr.its MF
acres/ subdivision
lots/subdivision
lots/acre
Signf kance (PI
1 ta T







.005

,005





2 tail







.002

.003





  Table VI - 24: T-TtST RESULTS — EL DORADO COUNTY (STPUD)


More specifically during that seven-year pre-expansion  period,  the
number of  lots per acre increased from 2.3  in  1960-1964 to  2.8  in
1965-1967  (n.s.j; the latter being a period when  the  South  Tahoe PUD
treatment  plant sometimes operated beyond the  limits  of its capacity
(see Section VII,"County and State Response").  The expansion of
treatment  facilities (1960-1972) has been accompanied by a  significant
increase in the density (lots per acre) of  subdivided property  in
El Dorado  County.

The number of single family building permits dropped  from an annual
mean of 341 permits issued before the 1968  expansion  to 308 permits
issued yearly following the expansion (n.s.).

The pre-expansion period from 1960 to 1967  divided into two smaller
periods; 1960-1964, when single family building permits averaged 377
annually and 1965-1967, when permits dropped sharply  to a yearly mean
of 280 (n.s.).

These differences in yearly means might be  a reflection of  a conscious
effort on the part of local officials to curb  building  construction
                              56

-------
during periods when flows were very close to capacity.  However, during
the same time periods a composite of multiple family and motel/hotel
units increased from an annual mean of 439 in 1960-1964 to 670 in
1965-1967 (n.s.).

The increase in the number of approvals of higher density units came
at a time when overflows of the South Tahoe PUD facility were a highly
visible problem and as such provides further evidence that local land
use controls were not being exercised to maintain environmental quality
in the face of growing-water  pollution concerns.'

Douglas County:  The amount of subdivision acreage approved annually
has remained relatively constant in Douglas County over the period
1951-1967 (subdivision data observations are not available after 1968).
The number of lots per subdivision  increased significantly following
the allocation of a portion of South Tahoe PUD plant  capacity (post
1954) until the  initial operation of the Douglas County plant in 1968.
The number of lots per subdivision  increased from a mean  of 16  in
1951-1954 to 48  in 1955-1967, a  200% jump  (Table VI - 25).
Period of
Observation
Group 1--Between original
contract with STPUD and
1968 major plant capacity
expansion
Group 2--Fol lowing 1968
major plant capacity
expansion
Group 1— Between original
contract with STPUD and
Initial overcapacity
year 1963
Group 2— Overcapaci ty
years preceding major plant
capacity expansion
Group 1
years
1955-
1967
1955-
1962
nc-^n
54
59
23
16
1.1
58
68
26
52
2.4
Group 2
years
1968-
1972
1963-
1967
r.frJIl
39
49
24
48
2.2
5.1
162
15
38
1.8
Test Variable
building permits SF
building permits MF
acres/ subdivision
lots/subdivision
lots/acre
building permits SF
building permits MF
acres/subdivision
lilts/subdivision
lots/acre
Significance (P_l
1 tail
<.05


<.005
<.05





2 tail
,06


.001
.094





   Table VI - »:  T-TEST RESULTS - DOUGLAS COUNTY (DCSIO fl)
 Average daily sewage flows peak month, often exceeded allocated capa-
 city in the STPUD treatment plant during the period 1963-1967  (see
 Table VI - 14).  The mean number of lots per subdivision  dropped  dur-
 ing this period to 38 from a mean of 52 during  the period from 1955-
 1967 (n.s.). Unlike El Dorado County, the density declined from 2.4
 lots per acre in the period 1955-1962, to 1.9 lots per  acre in
 1963-1967  (n.s.).
                                   57

-------
The number of  single  family building permits issued showed a signifi-
cant decline,  from a  mean of 54 permits per year  (1955-1967) to a
mean of 39 permits per year (1968-1972).  The mean number of multiple
family (and motel/hotel)  units followed a very different pattern.  The
mean of 68 units  per  year during 1955-1962 jumped to 162 units/year
during the period 1965-1967.   There was no increase in the mean number
of multiple units from 1968-1972 (n,s.).

As in the case of El  Dorado County, increases in multiple family and
motel/hotel units occurred during the same period when sewage flows
exceeded plant capacity in the six years preceding the expansion of
the STPUD plant and the initial  operation of the Douglas County plant.

Placer County:  A significant reduction in the number of acres per sub-
division is apparent  in Placer County following the opening of a joint
treatment plant in 1970 (Table VI - 26).  The size of the average sub-
division dropped  off  sharply  from 25 acres (1964-1969) to 12 acres
(1970-1972).
Period of
Observation
Group 1 --Between original
plant capacl ty and major
plant capacity expansion
In 1970
Group 2--Fol lowing 1970
major plant capacl ty ex-
pansion
Group 1— Between original
plant capacity and over-
capacity years
Group 2--Overcapactty
years preceding 1969 major
plant capacity expansion
Group I—Overcapacity years
preceding 1969 expansion
Group 2--Follow1ng 1970
plant capacity expansion
Group 1

1954-
1969
1954-
1964
1965-69
mean
53
47
25
59
2.3
160
4
23
52
2.3
.
90
Group 2
years
1970-
1972
1965-
1969
1970-72
mean
182
287
12
58
4.8
186
90
27
75
2.4

959
Test Variable
building permits SF
building permits MF
acres/subdivision
lots/subdivision
lots/acre
bunding permits SF
building permits MF
acres/subdivision
lots/subdivision
lots/acre
but Id fog permits 5F
building permits' HF
building permits H/H
S ant/kance 'P)
tail


.0005

.0005

<1.05






2 ta'l


.001

.001

.07






  Table VI - 26: T-TEST RESULTS « PLACER COUNTY (NTPUD and TCPUD)
            (SF=-S1ngle Family Residential; MF«Mu1t1ple Family Residential)

The annual mean number  of  lots  per subdivision remained constant for
these two time periods, although  an appreciable increase is apparent
in the years immediately preceding the  1970 plant opening when peak
sewage flows were a great  concern (see  Section VII).  During this time
the mean number of lots per subdivision was 75, considerably higher
than the mean of 52 from 1954-1964 (n.s.).

There was no corresponding increase in  density (lots per acre) in
the periods preceding 1970.   A  significant  increase from a mean of
                                  58

-------
2.3 lots per acre  (1954-1969) to 4.8 lots per acre  (1970-1972)  has
occurred since 1970.

The mean number of single family building permits issued  also shows  a
sizeable increase during the post-plant expansion period.  The  mean  of
47 permits per year from 1954-1969 increased sixfold to 287 per year
in 1970-1972 (n.s.).  In addition, a significant increase from  4
permits (19  -19   ) to 90 permits occurred during the overcapacity
period (1965-1969).

The most dramatic increase is found in the number of building permits
issued for multiple family and motel/hotel units. The mean number of
units permitted went from 90 units per year during  the period 1965-1969.
to 959 units per year from 1970 to 1972 (n.s.).

The nature of this increase cannot be explained in  statistical  terms.
Nonetheless, an increase of this dimension would not appear to  be a
random event although, as previously noted, increases in multiple units
follow national trends.  It is reasonable to conclude that the  ex-
panded North Tahoe and Tahoe City plant has encouraged an extremely
rapid development of multiple and tourist units on  the California north
shore.

Washoe County:   No statistically significant changes in subdivision
activity were determined for Washoe County, although several observed
differences can be noted (Table VI - 27).  Subdivision acreages have
remained reasonably constant for each year during the period 1951 to
Period .of
Observation
Group I—preceding original
plant capacity
Group 2— Between original
plant capacity and 1971
plant capacity expansion
Group 1 —Between original
plant capacity and 1971
plant capacity expansion
Group 2— Fol lowing 1971
major plant capacity
expansion
Group 1
years
1951-
1961
1962-
1970
mean
, 249
7
72
106
1.6
200
155
08
155
2.4
Group 2
years
1962-
1970
1971-
1972
li.Mfl
200
155
68
155
2.4
141
313
23
N.A.
N.A.
Test Variable
building permits SF
building permits MF
acres/subdivision
lots/subdivision
lots/acre
building permits SF
building permits MF
acres/subdivision
lots/subdivision
lots/acre
Significance P)
1 tail










2 ta 1










   Table VI - 27:  T-TEST RESULTS - HASHOE COUNTY (IVGIO)
                                  59

-------
The  establishment  of the  Incline Village sewage treatment plant in 1962
was  followed  by  an increase  in  lots per subdivision from a mean of
106  per year  in  1951 to 1961, to a mean of 155 in 1962 to 1970 (n.s.).
During the  same  periods,  lots per acre increased from 1.6 per year to
2.4  (n.s.).

The  number  of single family  building permits showed a slight decline
in the second period (1962-1970) from 249 per year to 200 per year.
Multiple family-motel/hotel  permits jumped from a mean of 7 units in
1951  to 1961, to 155 units permitted per year in 1962 to 1970 (n.s.).
In addition,  since the 1971  Incline Village GID plant expansion, single
family building  permits have dropped from a mean of 200 per year (1962-
1970) to 141  per year (1971-1972) while permits for multiple family
units increased from 155  units to 313 for the respective periods.

Subdivision of Marginal  Lands

A final observation should be made about the environmental  quality
aspects of subdivision control as related to the physical and ecologi-
cal characteristics of the land subdivided in the Tahoe Basin.  Since
the provision of wastewater facilities has been determined  to be a
significant influence in  land subdivision, an important question may
be logically raised:  to what degree was marginal  land (i.e., land
with limiting physical  or ecological  characteristics such as steep
slopes, high erosion hazard, etc.) approved for subdivision activity?

To address this question an analysis  was made of the geographic location
of subdivisions in terms of two indicators of marginal land—slope
categories and land capability (ecological  classification of Tahoe Basin
lands developed by the  U.  S. Forest Service)  (USFS 1972;  TRPA 1972a).
First a dominant slope  and land capability classification were deter-
mined for each subdivision.  The subdivisions were next divided into
five periods according  to their approval  dates.   Then the slope
and land capability of  the respective periods were compared to
determine differences or trends.

Slope:  Low, moderate and steep slope conditions  for land subdivision
in the Tahoe Basin were  categorized.   Most moderate and steep slope
lands (10% slope and above) have the  potential  for considerable erosion
in the process of physical development given  the  characteristic of
the dominant soils found in the  Basin.   The following observations
                                 60

-------
and conclusions  can be drawn from Table  VI  - 28.
K 	 ... 	 — _



Period



PRE 1950
1951-1955

1956-19CO
1961-1965
1966-1970
TOTAL
	 	 	







^10-255;
> 252
<10*
10-251
>2K
oos
10-25T
•>23S
10-251
>75Z
<10r;
10-25S
>25J
on*
-j~ 	 ,


_
-EiJta.



3490
1010
520
690
100
0
1870
600
70
1250
230
70
630
130
0
7930
2150
660
.- . -.. ..



TadD_



70
?0
10
87
13
0
71
26
3
81
15
4
in
17 ;
0
74
20
6
.._ 	 _



PJ4.W

•irrc ,

2360
1160
320
90
80
0
270
230
10
430
270
20
530
200
0
3680
1940
350


1 ill lt| 1





61
30
9
53
47
0
53
45
2
60
37
3
73
27
n
62
32
6


V

_Doufll j

.irirs

590
310
40
90
50
0
230
160
20
150
170
60
70
90
30
1130
780
150




it



63
33
4
64
n
56
39
5
39
45
U.
37
47
K,
55
38
7




p 7

nrrrs
I
220
180
60
0
0
0
20
20
40
1040
460
220
160
920
150
1440
1580
470






T

48
39
1J
0
0
0
40
40
60
27
13
13
75
12
42
45
13

f 	 	

IWMN

lota Is
arrps t

6660 65
2660 ?6
940 .9
870 79
230 21
0 0
2390 66
1090 'J
140 *
2870 66
1130 26
370 8
1390 41)
1340 46
180 6
14180 64
6450 29
1630 7
 TABIE VI - 23:
                   COMPARISON OF SLOPE CATEGORIES OF SUBDIVIDED LAND-FIVE YEAR PERIODS (1950-1970)


                   Source: Hand counted subdivision approvals on TRPA   1"-400' scale HMDS
                        matched with UCSC Tahoe Data Bank Slope categories :       P
                        \10S, 10-25X, >25X.                        .
Prior to  1950 subdivisions had  been  approved on 10,200  acres; 6660
acres on  slopes under 10%, 2660 acres on slopes between 10 and 25%,
and 910 acres on slopes exceeding  25% slope.  These  acreages represent
65%, 26%,  and 9% respectively;  a distribution closely reflecting that
for all land subdivided through 1970.

Major differences in the slopes of subdivided land occurred in three
of the four five-year periods;  one period--1966-1970--indicates a
slope distribution which differs considerably from the  other periods.
During this period the subdivision of land on slopes exceeding 10%
slope increases significantly,  with  46% of the subdivisions in the
10-25% slope category.  More  than  half of the subdivision activity in
the late  1960's occurred on land with at least a  10% slope.  This is
primarily attributable to the development of Incline Village in Washoe
County where over 1000 acres  were  subdivided on lands greater than
10% slope.
                                   61

-------
 The  influence  of wastewater  management  facilities on  the development
 of these  lands cannot be directly  determined,  since similar slopes had
 previously been subdivided using septic tanks.   If data on the septic
 tank limitations of soil  types  and geology were  available, a specific
 analysis  of this relationship between subdivided marginal land and
 sewerage  treatment  provision would be possible.

 The  slopes of  subdivided  lands  differ considerably from north shore to
 south shore and between  states.  El Dorado County has both the greatest
 acreage  (7930)  and  highest percentage (74%) of lands  of less than 10%
 slope.  While  erosion potential should  be less in El  Dorado County,
 environmental  problems associated  with  high water table, flood plains,
 wetlands,  and  meadows could  occur.

 In the Nevada  counties the land available for development is considerably
 steeper, which  largely accounts for the differences in development be-
 tween the  two  states.

 Land Capability:   Lands  unsuited  for development (capability districts
 1-3)  have  been  grouped together as have lands which are capable of
 supporting  residential and urban uses (districts 4-7) (see page 91 for a
 description of  the  USFS and TRPA land capability districts).  A compari-
 son  between slope and land capability as measures of marginal  land in-
 dicates that they do  not define identical areas.

 A significant change  in the distribution of capability districts of
 subdivided  land occurs in 1956-1960.  El Dorado County, rather than
 Washoe County,  is the dominant location of subdivided land in  low
 capability districts  (1670 acres)  (Table VI - 29).

 Lands subdivided prior to 1950 include some 4000 acres of land in low
 capability districts.  Furthermore, by the time of TRPA formation (1970)
 over  9000 acres, or nearly fifteen square miles of low capability land
 had  been subdivided.  Under the TRPA land use ordinance, these lands
 would have been limited to land coverage of less than 5%.   (See
 page  91   for a description of the TRPA land use ordinance).  Using
 the TRPA land capability criteria,  42% of the presently subdivided
 land would never have been approved for subdivision due to potentially
 adverse environmental impacts including erosion, sedimentation,
 revegetation limitations and landslides and related surficial  pro-
 cesses.

Additional data would be necessary to determine the specific in-
 fluence of the provision of sewerage facilities on the development
                                62

-------
of marginal  land.  The fact  that  the amount of marginal  land developed
during the  late 1960's when  wastewater management facilities expanded
rapidly leads to the implication  that such provision did remove
development constraints on a significant  amount  of land  subsequently
approved for subdivisions.

Period
Pre 1950
1951-1955
1956-1960
1961-1965
1966-1970
TOTAL

Land
Capability
Low
High
Low
Ml ah
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
COUNTY
El Dorado
dcres
2180
2840
320
260
1670
950
680
870
170
590
5020
5720
I
43
57
55
45
64
36
44
56
22
78
47 ,
S3
Placer
acroo
1180
2660
20
150
200
310
210
510
220
510
1830
4140
»
31
69
12
88
39 .
61 I
29
71
30
70
30
70
Uouolas
acrr")
490
450
140
0
260
150
320
60
170
20 '
1380
680
*
52
48
100
0
63
37
84
16
89
11
66
34
Hashoe
acres
170
290
0
0
60
20
370
1350
640
590
1240
2250
"
37
63
0
0
75
25
22
78
52
48
35
65
BASIN
TOTAL
SOTS
4020
6240
480
620
2190
1430
1580
2790
1200
1710
9470
12790
— »
>•
39
61
44
56
60
40
36
64
41
59
42
58
 TABLE « - 29:
                        COMPARISON OF LAND CAPABILITIES OF SUBDIVIDED LAND-FIVE YEAR PERIODS (1950-1970)


                        'Source:  Hand counted subdivision approvals on TRPA 1"«400' scale maps matched
                               with TRPA land capability districts : Low«l,2,3;   H1gh-4,5,6,7,
                                      63

-------
                             SECTION VII


                    POLICY ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION
 The  purpose of this section is to present and evaluate selected aspects
 of the  relationships between the development of wastewater facilities
 and  changing land use patterns.  The role and activities of the Federal
 and  State agencies responsible for resolving water pollution concerns
 will be  investigated first.  In particular the planning and coordination
 of wastewater programs will be examined with respect to the consequent
 impact of these programs on land use patterns.

 Coordination among agencies who provided a local response to water pol-
 lution issues is the second discussion point.  A third area of concern
 is the examination of the effectiveness of land use regulation by
 public agencies during the periods of expansion of wastewater treat-
 ment facilities.  The transition from local  to regional land use plan-
 ning and regulation is the final topic of discussion.

 Selected Findings

 --Engineering and costs considerations were the major, if not the sole
 concern of Federal review of applications for wastewater grants.

 ~A  1971 wastewater plant improvement project report does not mention
 land use or development in its federally required assessment of impact!
 even though the project would double the plant's treatment capacity.

 —A June 1973 environmental impact report on expanding the Tahoe City
 PUD system acknowledges that construction of sewage collectors will
 remove a serious economic constraint on development in an area zoned
General  Forest which explicitly prohibits residential  use.

--Natural limits on the amount of water for  domestic supply have not
been thoroughly evaluated in wastewater studies, particularly in view
of the Bi-State Water Compact allocation limits and the export of
sewage (with attendant domestic water) from  the Basin.
                               64

-------
--The TRPA plan severely limits new residential  subdivision activity;
while permitting means of exceptions to land coverage constraints for
multiple residences and commercial  uses of high  intensity on land
zoned appropriately before TRPA, but which has been shown to be
highly susceptible to development disturbance (Low land capability
districts).

--Wastewater treatment facility impacts were not a central consi-
deration in the development of the TRPA plan.  Reports prepared for
the agency are  vague, contain much inconsistent and incomplete data,
and do not provide a sufficient information base from which to guide
regional decision-making.

Government Response to Lake Tahoe Water Pollution Concerns

Federal and State Programs

The present forms of the wastewater treatment systems at Lake Tahoe
are partially the result of conditions unique to the Basin, but are
also a reflection of overall water pollution control strategies of
the federal government and the states of California and Nevada.  This
discussion briefly examines the major federal and state programs
affecting water quality in the Tahoe Basin.

The federal government has directed and assisted the states in their
efforts to achieve clean water.  The 1965 Federal Water Pollution
Control Act (FWPCA) amendments provided federal  construction grant
funds (30% up to a limit of $250,000) for municipal treatment facili-
ties (Davies, 1970).  Conference procedures for federal involvement
and enforcement in interstate water quality problems were also estab-
lished.

These amendments further called for the establishment of water quality
standards and for implementation plans for all interstate waters.  Pro-
visions were also made to increase the federal share to 55% when
states contributed an additional 25% of the cost and met certain
other requirements including prior planning for water quality.

The two states each promulgated their own water pollution control laws.
In 1949 Nevada approved a law and regulations to protect the Lake Tahoe
Watershed (Nevada State Division of  Health, 1958).  The state in 1967
set water quality criteria for the Lake as required by the federal
act. Upon approval by the FWPCA in 1968 these criteria became
State-Federal water quality standards.  Nevada did not, however, develop
a construction assistance program.

California, operating under the Water Quality Act of 1949  (the
Dickey Act) established state and regional boards to manage water qual-
ity  programs and administer federal grants.  The act also set up a
                                 65

-------
 loan  program for assistance in treatment facility construction.   For
 several  years after 1966 the funds available  for  such  loans were
 earmarked for the Lake Tahoe area  (California Water  Resources  Con-
 trol  Board (WRCB) ,1969).

 The state adopted policies  for Lake Tahoe water quality  in 1967.  The
 following year the FWPCA approved  these  policies  as  State-Federal
 water quality standards.   In 1969  the  California  legislature passed
 the Porter-Cologne Water Quality Act which  included  special pro-
 visions  for the connection  of all  buildings to a  district sewage
 system and export of treated waste from  the Basin  (California  WRCB,


 The passage of the California  Clean  Water Bond Act of  1970 enabled
 the state to participate  in  the federal  matching  grants  program and
 led to the formulation  of more detailed  requirements for planning
 for water quality.   As  a  result of the Clean  Water Act the funding
 ratio changed to  55% federal;  25%  state;  and  20%  local.

 The 1972  FWPCA  Amendments maintained the  existing federal approval
 standards,  but  changed  the funding ratio  again.   Presently the federal
 share is  a  flat 75%,  regardless of any state  contribution.  Pre-
 sently California  divides the  remainder  equally with the particular
 locality—12  1/2%  each.   In  Nevada,  the  local share  is 25%.

 State and  Local Activities:  During  the  1950's and early 1960's
 pollution  resulting  from  sewage disposal was  considered the major
 threat to  the water  quality  of Lake Tahoe.  Predictably, actions
were  taken  on all jurisdictional levels to limit pollution.  Un-
 fortunately,  the actions were  not coordinated, nor were they consistent
 among  counties  or between states.  The plans  and commitments of local
wastewater management districts were seldom considered by larger
 governmental agencies concerned with land use problems.

 State  and  local actions to limit pollution are summarized below.
These  activities have been selectively compiled from "Lake Tahoe,"
the newsletter of the Lake Tahoe Area Council.  (A more comprehensive
chronicle appears in Appendix A.)

Nevada State and Counties:  Nevada first acted to limit water pollution
in  the Tahoe Basin by the 1958 adoption of a  "Law Relating to Protec-
tion of Lake Tahoe Watershed" and "Regulations Governing the Lake
Tahoe Watershed."  These regulations stated:

     Subdivision plans shall not be approved  (by the Bureau of
     Environmental Health) unless there is provision for service
     to an approved sewage collection,  treatment,  and effluent
     disposal system, and a surface drainage system,  all  with
     capacity to accommodate the volumes anticipated without
     contamination of a water supply or violation  of Water Pol-
     ution Regulations.  (Nevada State  Division of Health,  1958;
     Reg.  #8)

                               66

-------
 The Board of Health in Nevada chose also to restrict the  issuance  of
 permits for large commercial  projects.   Gaming  facilities were  the
 major customers in two Nevada sewerage  districts,  Washoe  and  Douglas
 County SIDs.  Building permits for new  casinos  were  delayed when
 each district reached the contractual limits of sewage  capacity
 negotiated with the adjacent  California districts. This action  re-
 presented the first attempt to restrict growth  on  the basis of  a
 lack of available capacity in existing  treatment plants.

 In 1963 the State Bureau of Environmental  Health requested that the
 Washoe County Planning Board  discontinue issuing permits  for  develop-
 ments contributing sewage in  excess of  2,000 gallons  per  day.   The
 Board of Health banned all  new commercial  construction  in  Douglas
 County in 1965, while requiring minimum lot sizes  of  10,000 square
 feet (nearly 1/4 of an acre)  where septic  tanks were  to be installed.

 Two years later, in June 1967,  the Board of Health adopted a  Regional
 Water Quality Implementation  Plan,  calling  for  export of  all  effluent
 ?&,-*  U9?vernor O'Callaghan  issued an executive order  in January
 1971,  prohibiting further septic tanks  in  the Nevada  portion  of the
 basin  and  requiring an  existing tanks to be sealed and  converted to
 holding tanks.   In May of 1973  the  Federal  District Court  decreed  a
 new building ban within the boundaries  of  two of the  last  sewage
 districts planning to build collection  systems  (Tahoe-Douglas and
 Kingsbury)  until  the systems  could  begin service.  This ban did not
 take effect until  December  1973.

 California  State and Counties:   Restrictions  on a minimal  allow-
 able lot  size and  wastewater  flows  tended to  limit the  extent and
 intensity of subdivisions lacking  sewage   treatment  facilities.
 For example,  in 1958,  El  Dorado  County  required  a  lot size of 10,000
 aKn nnn* min1mu!  1J  !J contained  either  a  well or  a  septic tank,
 and 20,000  square  feet  if it  contained  both.  Only 6,000 square
 feet were  required  if both  water and sewer  lines were available.   The
 consultants  for the  STPUD sewerage  survey sum up the  impact of  these
 requirements clearly:   "Anywhere  from two to three times as many lot!

    Mr, ^f ?J»*™fJfh!r^ by EuK1c "!J*r and sewerage'systems
In 1962 the Placer County Board of Supervisors also adopted a
requirement that only those lots with at least 10,000 square feet
would be allowed to use septic tanks.'  During the same year, the
Lanontan Regional Water Quality Board issued the first cease and
nnnHc     • + &^nstJP* Soilth Tahoe PUD because of overtaxed holding

                                                  MstPlct
                               67

-------
 By 1965 El Dorado County required that new subdivisions install sewers
 before housing construction began.  The Tahoma area was an exception
 as large scale building was allowed on septic tanks.  An example of '
 this was the "Water's Edge Condominiums" a 39-unit development in
 Tahoma, which had a 2,000 gallon per day leaching field 300 feet from
 the lakeshore.  The Lahontan Board later required both well monitoring
 of this system and sewer hook-ups as soon as facilities were available
 (which came in 1972 with the annexation of this area to the Tahoe City
 PUD).

 Placer County began to enforce a similar requirement for new subdivisions
 in 1965.  Several  other policies were also in effect in Placer County.
 First, all septic  tank permits were considered to be of a temporary
 nature, expiring as soon as a sewage export system was available.
 Second, septic systems discharging more than 2,000 GPD were not per-
 mitted.  Third,  any subdivision with a density of 3 units per acre  or
 greater was required to form a county sanitation district (under juris-
 diction of the Board of Supervisors) to facilitate later incorporation
 into  an existing district.

 The Tahoe  Regional  Planning Commission adopted a resolution in 1965
 requesting that  each county require sewer lines  in all  new subdivisions.
 In early October the Lahontan Regional  Water Quality Control  Board
 (LRWQCB)  issued  a  cease and desist order  against the South Tahoe
 PUD after  excessive  overflows from its treatment plant began  reaching
 Lake  Tahoe.   Later that month LRWQCB sought an injunction  against  STPUD
 for continued  violation of  the cease and  desist  order.

 In December of 1965  the Lahontan  Board considered,  but subsequently
 rejected,  the  imposition of a  building ban  at South  Lake Tahoe,
 stating that  it  had  no authority  to  do so.   The  El  Dorado  County Board
 of Supervisors took  the  same  position.  There is  a  clear disparity
 between the California authorities'  powers,  as reflected  in this un-
 willingness to take  action,  and the  Nevada  Board  of  Health, which
 could  rely on  the  permit process  established  in  the  "Laws  and  Regula-
 tions  Governing  the  Lake Tahoe Watershed" adopted  in  1958.

 The North  Tahoe  PUD  informed  the  Placer County Health  Department in May
 1966 that  its sewage flows  were approaching  thfe  plant's capacity and
 that it could not  hook up more than  a  few single  family dwellings.   In
 June,  the  '-'isntan Board  adopted  its Water Quality Control  Program,
 which  included a provision  to  prohibit any sewer connections that
 would  overburden the system  (Policy  6B).  Unfortunately, the Lahontan
 Board  had no power to  enforce this provision.  The Water Quality Control
 Program set no deadline,  but encouraged the enactment of state legis-
 lation  and local ordinances to require collecting, treating, and ex-
 porting all sewage produced in the Lake Tahoe  Basin.

The Federal Enforcement Conference of"  July,  1966 set a goal of
completing the connection of all developable  land to a treatment and
                                  68

-------
export system by 1970, and recommended legislative programs  designed
to achieve that goal.

The LRWQCB in May, 1967 adopted Regional  Water Quality Standards  which
required export to be  completed by 1970.   Meanwhile the North Tahoe
PUD continued to experience grave problems with its sewage treatment
plant.  A building ban was imposed finally by Placer County  in 1967
based on inadequate treatment capacity (Ayer, 1971).  The Lahontan
Board issued a cease and desist order for overflows caused by an  early
spring thaw and the resulting infiltration of snow melt into the  lines.
This order was later rescinded in March 1968 when an extensive sewer
sealing program was undertaken.

In 1968 the California Legislature adopted the 1970 deadline for
sewage export, although in 1969 the deadline was amended so  as to go
into effect on January 1, 1972.

The Lahontan Board issued another cease and desist order against  both
North Tahoe and Tahoe City PUD's because of over burdened facilities
in 1971.  This time, however, the Board took the initiative  of restrict-
ing new sewer hook-ups (tantamount to a building ban, since  Placer
County no longer allowed unsewered construction) except for  limited
approvals by the Executive Officer.  The order was rescinded on
January 29, 1972 after increased disposal capacity at the Cinder Cone
was granted by the U.S. Forest Service.  Meanwhile, the Regional  Office
of the Federal Housing Authority announced a temporary moratorium on
FHA loans in the Tahoe Basin, until an adequate sewer system for the
North Shore could be provided.

On July 26, 1972, the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, only a year-and-
a-half old, adopted a resolution requiring prospective developers to
prove the adequacy of not only sewage systems, but other utilities.

Though  all jurisdictions did indeed take an active and progressive
role  in requiring sewer connection and construction for new develop-
ments, these requirements were seldom tied in with  timetables for
the expansion of actual plant capacities  (see Table VI  -  14).
County Boards of Supervisors and Regional and State Boards  have  shown
great reluctance to interrupt building activity while  sewage  plant
capacities were being  increased.

This  reluctance seems analogous  to the difficulty  in securing a  state
of emergency proclamation  (normally  issued only after  a natural
disaster) in order to  prevent  an almost  certain catastrophe.  The
extreme fire danger potential  of storm-downed and  frost-killed trees
around San Francisco  Bay  in  1973 provides a  good example.   Citizens
requested that  various authorities fund  a fire  preventive cleanup.
The response was  that  there  is no  legal  precedent  for  using emergency
funds in advance  of a  disaster.
                                69

-------
   Influence of Water Quality Projects  on  Land  Use

 There is little evidence at Lake Tahoe of in-depth examination  of in-
 fluences or impacts of proposed wastewater systems on land  use.   This
 is partly because documents which were called  regional  wastewater plans
 merely provided a general  discussion of the need for and  location of
 facilities.  A second reason is that discussion  in plans  of impacts
 on the land use pattern was only recently required.

 Several  pollution control  plans were promulgated by  the water quality
 agencies dealing with Lake Tahoe (the  Lahontan Regional Board re-
 presenting the California  State Water  Resources Control Board and the
 Bureau of Environmental  Health  acting  in  Nevada).  The  first of these,
 a Report on Water Pollution Control, Northwestern  Lahontan  Basin  (U.S.
 Public Health Service,  1953)  was a  joint  effort between these state
 agencies and the U.S.  Public  Health  Service.   It merely compiled  a
 list  of  needed treatment facilities.

 California and Nevada  each prepared  an  implementation plan  for the
 Lake  Tahoe Water Quality Standards  in  1967  as  a response  to federal
 requirements (California RWQCB  Lahontan Region, 1967a;  Nevada Depart-
 ment  of  Health and  Welfare,  1967).   Both  plans incorporated the re-
 quirements of collection and  export  suggested  in the  1963 Lake Tahoe
 Area  Council  sponsored Comprehensive Study  (Engineering Science,  1963)
 on waste  disposal.

 None  of  these  studies draws a connection  between wastewater treat-
 ment  and  the type and/or intensity of land  uses in a given  area.  In
 addition  these  official reports make no attempt to explain  the basis
 for projecting  future treatment  needs  (see  Appendix C), nor do they
 examine  the  effects of projected population growth implied  by future
 treatment  needs.  As an example  the  California 1967 implementation
 plan  makes  no mention of the Tahoe Regional Planning Commission "1980
 Plan."

 Even  when  comprehensive planning under EPA  Directive 18CFR  601  (U.S.
 Environmental  Protection Agency, 1971)  became a prerequisite for
 obtaining  federal construction grants,  there was no requirement that
 land  use  impacts be cited.  The California  Lahontan Regional water
 Quality Control Board adopted an Interim Basin Plan (California
 RWQCB, Lahontan Region 1971a) to fulfill comprehensive planning re-
 quirements,  but Nevada officials, foreseeing no immediate aid re-
 quests, did  not formulate a plan.

The California plan took a form similar to previous efforts; i.e.,
setting standards, listing discharge prohibitions and examining ways
to achieve water quality objectives—again through  a facilities list.
                               70

-------
The level of generality was high; no plant sizes or projected ser-
vice populations were listed.

The Interim Basin Plan recognized that  "potential problems in the
Truckee River Watershed (including Lake Tahoe) stem from the predicted
increase in development" (California RWQCB Lahontan Region, 1971a,
p. 11).  However, the plan did not indicate the magnitude of develop-
ment and did not suggest a strategy for controlling or reducing growth.

Grant Review and Environmental Impact Statements:  Federal and state
review and evaluation of construction grants did not lead to a com-
prehensive and integrated planning process.  Interviews with EPA
officials responsible for review of grant applications for the Basin
during the mid-1960's reveal that the engineering and cost  aspects of
the projects were the major if not sole concern, and that secondary
impacts and the relationship of the treatment capacity to land develop-
ment or land use plans were not considered to any significant degree
(personal interviews with Vern Tenney and John Wise, May 1973).  These
interviews are corroborated by the lack of explicit federal or state
guidelines or policies requiring investigation beyond engineering
aspects during the period in which the treatment and export systems
were expanded to their present dimensions.

California entered the grant-review process with the passage of the
Clean Water Bond Law in 1970.  A newly formed grant program team pro-
mulgated a set of "Project Report Guidelines" in July 1971, (Califor-
nia Water Resources Control Board, 1971a) requiring inclusion of
extensive and detailed planning information.

Among the most crucial items required were an accounting of the methods
used to develop service population forecasts, and a comparison with
other forecasts made for population of the area.  Also required were
a discussion of project conformance to the Basin Water Quality Manage-
ment Plan and other pertinent regional and official plans (such as
the TRPA plan) and an environmental impact report.

The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) process is an important part
of the grant review.  It is a vehicle for evaluating the impacts of
projects for which grant aid has been requested, and could provide
a framework for identifying such secondary impacts as the effects
of a project on land development and the pattern  of urbanization, and
could provide for the evaluation of subsequent water quality impacts
of that development.

Figure VII - 1 depicts the present intensive review route for pro-
posed projects.  Note that an environmental assessment is required
                             71

-------
 by the  California Environmental  Quality Act  (CEQA) as part of  the
 project report.
                        2. SETTIHC Of HEV
                                           ]. PROJECT REPORT
1. PROJECT I 1ST
Fart of Basin Plan to
Implement Water Quality
Objectives
(Regional Board
Hearing


S
V
» f
Stite Board
Hearing

EPA Evaluates Priority
Criteria Basis for List
EPA Approves Vrear list
WASTE ET5 CHARGE
REOUI RE'ftnT
tin Basis of
Basin Plan
N fteotonal fln*r<(
' UDR Hearing


A-95 Review |
T

j ^
Environmental
Asiessnent


' Board
Review

.
— ? State
Approval
J i
j- ~J 	 3£ .
'EPA Adviiei
|on Project
   4.  APPLICATION
                          5. CP.ANT CONTRACTS i
Submit to State Board:
Application forms
AM Oocunents (Including
Envtro rental Assessment)
Firm Local Financing
x
•x
\
	 •;
«vf7i'n~'~J
lmT]
1 ! and Specs 1
1 "— '
t. COM5TP.IICTIQN
Procedure Before
    |Er5liieer)ng.. Financial   1-Kore Extensive
    i Feas1o1l1ty. Environnienull'and       J
    ||!»Ur QjaHty Impict    ^ilntenstve Rcvlewj
   Mgur. vil-l: .MASTEUATU GRANT REVIEW PROCESS (CALIFORHIA)
                                                        'Nenest GuldtHnts
                                                        Procedure In New
                                                       'Guidelines
The  Environmental  Impact Statement,  a  key provision of  the National
Environmental Policy  Act (NEPA, 1970),  has been required  for federal
projects which would  created significant environmental  impacts.  A
similar document—the Environmental  Impact Report  (EIR)—has been
required since 1970 for California projects falling under provisions
of CEQA.  The EPA  treats this document  as the environmental  assess-
ment upon which it bases its decision on whether to write its own
EIS  or  to issue a  "negative declaration" stating that there  will be
no significant impact from the project.

The  environmental  impact reporting process has undergone  considerable
evolution since enactment of laws providing environmental  quality con-
trols but there has been little change  in the basic issues.   The
concerns raised above have remained:  the strength of state  and fed-
eral guidelines for determining the  need for a statement;  the scope
and  detail  required when a statement is  deemed necessary;  and the
degree  to which these guidelines are implemented on a case by case
basis.
                                  72

-------
 It is important to note that at Lake Tahoe the major expansion of
 both sewerage district boundaries and treatment capacities was com-
 pleted by 1971.  These expansions were not affected by the requirements
 for environmental impact statements.

 The importance of considering secondary impacts of a project was under-
 scored in the 1971 CEQ guidelines.  These guidelines required that,

     . . . implications, if any, of the action for
    population distribution or concentration should be
    estimated and an assessment made of the effect of any
    possible change  in population patterns upon the resource
    base, including land use, water, and public services, of
    the area in question.  (CEQ, 1972, p. 407)

 While these guidelines were in effect, impact assessments were prepared
 for South Tahoe PUD's plant improvements (Cornell et al., 1971),
 and Tahoe City and North Tahoe PUD's Dollar Point lift station
 (Dewante & Stowell, 1972); and plant improvements (Dewante & Stowell,
 1971a).  These assessments were extremely brief and emphasized the
 justification of the project.

 The STPUD plant improvements report does not mention land use or
 development, although the project would double the firm treatment
 capacity of the district's plant.  The north shore Dollar Point lift
 station report devotes only a paragraph each to population growth
 and land use, but makes a significant comment:

     The project will of itself have no effect on population
     concentration or distribution, but is part of an overall
     sewerage system which is in compliance with planning for
     the area by the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA)
     and other concerned agencies, and this project will  restrict
     growth to the planned growth of the region in compliance
     with the recently proposed restrictions of TRPA for  the
     Lake Tahoe Basin.  (Dewante & Stowell, 1972)

 In fact, the TRPA population figures used to calculate the capacity
for the lift station (29,500 people in 1990 and 39,000 at saturation
density in 2020),  have been subsequently reduced by one-third to
26,100 at saturation (Walters Engineering,  1973).  However the project
was granted funds to provide for the higher service level which now
conflicts with newer TRPA population projections.  This situation
emphasizes the need for supplementing a statement on the  project's
conformance to existing plans with an independent evaluation of the
impacts of the changes in land use facilitated by that project.

In early 1973 California took a step towards evaluating impacts on
land use by requiring a new report section which will :
                                73

-------
     discuss the ways  in which the proposed project could
     foster economic or population growth either dir.ect-
     ly or indirectly, in the surrounding environment.
     Included  in this  are projects which would remove
     obstacles to population growth  (a major expansion of a
     wastewater treatment plant might, for example, allow
     for more construction in the service areas).  (Cali-
     fornia Resources  Agency, 1973)

Two impact assessments written to meet these guidelines are evaluated
below.  The first is an environmental impact assessment for the Tahoe-
Truckee Sanitary Agency Regional Sewerage Plan (which includes TCPUD
and NTPUD), originally produced in February 1973, and amended in May
to conform with the new guidelines.  It acknowledged the land use
impact of several alternatives.  Regarding one alternate the EIA
states that:

     proposed sizing of the interceptor  between Lawton and
     Reno would permit the projected population to expand . . .
     thus the interceptor would open an area to development in
     what appears to be an unplanned manner.  (Jones and Stokes,
     1973, p. 491)

In assessing the effects of the interceptor between Tahoe City and the
proposed treatment plant in Martis Valley the report states:

     community growth in this area will  cause a degradation
     of the social, aesthetic and ecological environment of
     the Truckee River Canyon . . . greater congestion . . .
     degradation of air quality, increased noise, and the
     possible conversion from wild to suburban-urban atmos-
     phere.  (Jones and Stokes, 1973,       )

Having recognized this probability, though, the assessment made no
attempt to propose a mitigation of these negative impacts.  Rather, it
leaves this issue to the land use planners:

     Whether this projected growth takes place is dependent
     upon the planning agencies responsible irregardless
     (sic) of whether they are state, county or city agen-
     cies and not on TTSA.   Growth planned to gain the maxi-
     mum benefit from the environment must be done by
     properly constituted planning agencies.  (Jones and
     Stokes,  1973, p. 119)

The EPA announced in May 1973 that it would prepare an EIS for the
project.   This decision was based on  EPA "Interim Regulations for the
                               74

-------
Preparation of Environmental  Impact Statements" of January 1973 which
call for a statement when "treatment works will induce or encourage
significant changes in industrial.commercial, or residential  con-
centrations or distributions" (U.S. EPA,  1973).

If the environmental assessment of the Tahoe Truckee Sanitation Agency
sewerage plan places unwarranted faith in the ability of the land
planners to implement their plans, the second and most recent  waste-
water EIR available for review (a project to expand the Tahoe  City
PUD collection system) deals a serious blow to the attempts of planners
to regulate land use.   The Draft EIR for Sewer Assessment District
No. 7C (Dewante and Stowel!, 1973) acknowledges that construction of
the collection system will  remove a serious economic constraint on
any development currently using holding tanks.  The report then states
that TRPA would prefer no dwellings in this area which is designated
General Forest, a land use classification which explicitly pro-.
hibits residential uses (TRPA 1972a).

The report goes on to establish that the TRPA has lacked the resources
to purchase these lands; that the project would dramatically increase
the value of the subdivided lots in the project area, placing  them
further out of the reach of the TRPA or any other body purchasing
land for preservation; and that in view of its inability to purchase
the lots,  TRPA has felt obligated to allow one dwelling unit  on each
parcel.

The EIR concludes that since the size of these dwellings is restricted
in relation to lot size and the dwellings are subject to normal build-
ing permit review procedures, the controls "would appear adequate to
control . . . growth."  (Dewante & Stowell, 1973, p. 24).  The
authors of the environmental  impact report thus avoid the more logical
conclusion that the net impact of the action they purport to evaluate
is to frustrate the original  TRPA plan which allowed no dwellings in
the areaj  a condition that would continue if the project were not to
change it.

Awareness of the relationship of wastewater facilities to land use and
development is growing.  Regulatory mechanisms are being created to
deal with that relationship.  Yet there is little basis for a  determina-
tion that these mechanisms will actually insure an adequate meshing
of wastewater and land use planning.

Local Sewerage District Activities

The physical parameters of the development and expansion of sewerage
districts is discussed above in Section VI under Measures of Waste-
water Management Activity.

Policy analysis of sewerage district decision-making has not proved
to be possible within the limits of this research.  Specifically an
                                75

-------
 analysis  of  the  relationships  between location  of collector and trunk
 lines  and subdivision  or  building activity could not be done; nor
 could  an  analysis  of financing  be made.

 Limited data on  the approximate location and year of the installation
 of  collector lines (aggregated  by assessment district) was available
 only for  the South Tahoe  PUD.   However, inspection of subdivision
 activity  in  STPUD's service area showed that the subdivision pattern
 was already  established by 1960 when septic tanks were still the pre-
 dominant  wastewater disposal system.

 As  discussed in  section VI, cost accounting for the development of
 Tahoe  Basin  sewerage systems has been very inconsistent.  In addi-
 tion,  information  on the  effect of holding costs on property owners
 which  would  be likely  to  influence individual development decisions
 has proved impracticable  to collect.

 The total costs  to an  individual owner of a subdivided lot for
 mandatory sewerage system installation would include the following:
 charges for  sewerage district annexation; property tax rate increases;
 rises  in assessed valuation since property is more valuable when
 sewered; special  assessments for collector lines to reach his lotjand
 fees for hookup, operation and maintenance of the system.  No informa-
 tion has been found to determine whether the magnitude of such costs
 forced lot owners to develop their property, to increase the intensity
 of  development,  or to sell the  property.

 No  Tahoe Basin study has discussed such holding costs, nor has any
 federal agency attempted to assess the impact of these holding costs
 when grants  for wastewater facilities were approved.  Such an analysis
 should include a study of the impact of various ways of raising
 revenues to  support capital construction.

 Revenue bonds, in particular, appear to depend on future population
 growth to retire them in order  to avoid unduly burdening present
 property owners.   In addition questions of economic equity such as
 whether seasonal  users and day and overnight visitors pay for a
 fair share of the cost of wastewater treatment have not been analyzed
 (or even discussed) in any existing Tahoe Basin studies.

 The actual influence of local government land use plans on sewerage
 district plans is not clear.   A review of major wastewater feasibility
 and project reports published prior to 1970 showed MO detailed re-
 ference to locally adopted land use plans.   No evidence has been
 found in treatment plant feasibility studies to show that there was
 any cooperation with county land use planners in their preparation.
 Sewerage districts, of course,  are not by law required to coordinate
 their planning efforts with those of any other agencies or juris-
dictional  levels.
                                76

-------
Sewerage District decisions were however substantially influenced by
the private sector.  The expansion of gaming appears to have been
contingent upon the availability of sewage  treatment.  As noted by
South Tahoe PUD engineering consultants; "...  it had long been
established that the neighboring gaming establishments in Douglas
County were in dire need of an adequate sewerage  system!1  (Brown and
Caldwell, 1959, p. 6)  To provide this service, "a district was formed
(Douglas County SID #1) on the Nevada side to permit the gaming casinos
to contract with the South Tahoe Public Utility District for treatment
and disposal of their sewage."  (California Regional Water Quality
Control Board, 1970b)  This contract ended in 1968 when the district
began operating its own facilities.

These activities indicate that the construction of sewage treatment
facilities was an acknowledged precondition for the growth of gaming
casinos at the South Shore.  The significance of this precondition
cannot be underestimated since by 1970 one-third of the total visitor
days in the Tahoe Basin were directly attributable to gaming (Econ-
omic Research Associates, 1971).

Special districts are governmental agencies with limited powers.  Under
state law they may condemn land, enter into contracts, levy certain
taxes and assessments and sell bonds.  Since 1963 in California the
formation and expansion of such districts has been subject in each
county to the approval of the Local Agency Formation Commission
(LAFCo). (California Government Code sec. 54773,  et seq.)  The central
task of a LAFCo is to limit the number of new districts formed and to
encourage districts to expand into contiguous areas rather than leaving
pockets of skipped-over territory.  (See Appendix B for discussion of
special district statutes.)

LAFCo officials have interpreted their enabling legislation which states
that annexations should be logical and orderly to mean that an annexa-
tion to an existing district is preferable to the creation of a new
district.  Additionally the Federal Enforcement Conference (USFWPCA,
1966) specifically required that the districts annex all developable
land, as part of mandated sewering of the basin.   This they have done,
mostly since 1966 (Table VI - 15).  The net result of these events
has been the rapid expansion of both service area and sewage treatment
capacities.

The Critical Relationship Between Wastewater Treatment and Water Supply

Water supply and distribution is potentially the most limiting factor
to future urbanized development at Lake Tahoe.  The availability of
domestic water supply is intrinsically connected to current wastewater
treatment technology.  This relationship deserves special attention
at Lake Tahoe where existing and planned sewage export will remove
large amounts of domestic water from the Basin.  This Basin contains
                             77

-------
 64 watersheds  which  drain  into  Lake Tahoe, and the lake in turn is
 the source of  the lower  Truckee River.  This bi-state river has long
 been deficient in supplying  downstream demand  (Brown and Caldwell,
 1959, p.  24).

 A quantitative analysis  of the  relationships between water supply and
 land use  patterns is beyond  the scope of this research.  In addition,
 there appears  to  be  no current  or historic data available on water sys-
 tem flows or capacities  to make such an analysis possible.  The basin-
 wide description  of  water  supply and distribution in a recent TRPA
 draft study, Lake Tahoe  Water,  Wastewater & Drainage prepared by
 Walters Engineering  follows  in  its entirety:

      There are currently 82  separate water purveyors in the Lake
      Tahoe Basin  of  which  some  have multiple isolated water sys-
      tems . .  . The  size of  water systems in the Lake Tahoe Basin
      vary from two to 2300 customers.  All but a few of the present
      water distribution  systems  are inadequate, resulting in
      inadequate domestic service and fire protection.  Such
      inadequacies have negative  impact with respect to public
      health, esthetics and in the form of higher fire insurance
      rates  (Walters,1973,  unpaged).

 There  have  been numerous studies dealing with the question of sufficien-
 cy  of water supply and distribution.  As early as 1948 California and
 Nevada investigated  the  impact of population growth in the basin on
 the amount of  water  flowing  from the lake which was available to down-
 stream users (California Department of Public Works, 1949; 1949a).

 The consensus  of opinion in  these reports indicates that increased
 water use due  to population  growth would cause only minor impacts on
 the total  amount of water  in the Basin's watersheds.  This information
 was based on lower than  present-day estimates of per capita water use
 (50 gallons per capita per day /(TPDjO; plus the assumption that 50% of
 the water used would be returned" for ground water recharge through
 septic tanks,   and through the  irrigation of lawns and golf courses.
 In addition, extensive clearing of vegetation was expected to eliminate
 some existing water consumption due to transpiration losses.   The net
 water use utilized in the 1948 studies was 25 gallons per capita
 per day.  Given this low per capita water use and the assumption that
 basin populationvould double in 25 years to approximately 60,000 peak
 summer residents, the study concluded that water supply was more than
 adequate for both Basin and downstream users.

 In 1955 the California and Nevada legislatures created a  "California-
 Nevada Interstate Compact Commission"  to formulate an interstate com-
 pact for regulating water use intte  bi-state  Truckee, Carson  and Walker
River Basins.   Studies on water use and hydrology prepared for the
                              78

-------
commission concluded that there was insufficient water to meet all
probable future demands within the basins.   This conclusion led to  the
declaration of the river basins (including  the Tahoe Basin)  as water
deficient areas.

In 1959 another study was undertaken to estimate future water require-
ments of the Lake Tahoe Basin apart from the other basins draining
into the Truckee River (Muth and Banks, 1959).  This study was prepared
for the Interstate Compact Commission by the State Engineer of Nevada
and the Director of the California Department of Water Resources (DWR).
It assumed a future peak population of 398,000 and predicted a maximum
water consumption of 17,200 acre feet per year and a minimum use of
9,100 acre feet per year.  The study also predicted that runoff into
the lake would increase significantly due to urbanization (vegetation
clearing, impervious surfacing, etc.).  This increase was estimated to
range from a maximum of 22,000 acre feet to a minimum of 11,900 acre
feet.  When these data were combined, it was concluded that there would
be no depletion of the inflow to the lake,  assuming a peak population
of 398,000.  In fact, an increase in runoff to the lake was predicted
which would exceed the increased water use  of future populations.
Again, intense urban development of the basin was considered to have
little impact on the total basin water budget.

Water diversions in the Tahoe Basin are now limited to a maximum of
34,000 acre feet per year; 23,000 acre feet to California and 11,000
acre feet to Nevada.  The limitation was formulated and discussed in
the early 1960's but not officially agreed  on by both states until  1968
(ratified by both states but not yet by Congress).  This appears to
indicate the existence of an abundant supply of water considering the
1948 and 1959 DWR studies of projected ultimate water needs.  However,
several new factors need to be weighed to estimate future water use
more accurately.

First, there has been a significant increase in average per capita  water
use.  The estimate of 50 gallons per capita per day  (GPD) used in
1948 had increased to 100 in 1959 and increased again to 118 in 1962.
ESI in their "Comprehensive Study" for the  LTAC estimated that per
capita water would increase to 140 gallons  per day by 1980 (Engineering
Sciences, 1963).  Per capita water use for  1972 has been estimated  at
140 GPD in California and 193 GPD in Nevada (Walters, 1973);reinforcing
the expected trend toward higher per capita use.

A second factor which influenced the water  allocation formula was the
decision to export all sewage effluent from the Basin.  The earlier
DWR studies assumed that 50% of the water used in the Basin would be
returned through groundwater recharge.  If  all effluent were to be
exported out of the Basin no recharge would occur except for water
used to water lawns and golf courses.
                               79

-------
  Third, population projections for the Basin had been revised sharp!v
  upward.  An influential 1963 study projected a peak day population of
  596,000 persons by 2010.  This reflected increased occupancy factors
  due to year-round recreation including skiing, water sports, and
  casinos (Engineering Sciences, Inc.,  1963).

  Future basin water use has been forecast in many studies,  with varied
  conclusions.   The 1973 study by Walters  Engineering for TRPA used popu-
  lation projections provided by Economics Research Associates which were
  based  on  assumptions concerning the actualization of the TRPA land use
  plan.   Each watershed was  assigned an ultimate saturation  population to
  allow  projections of future water use.   The resulting population capa-
  city for  the  Basin was projected to be 214,280.   Then two  forecasts
  of  future water use based  on this projection were made,  with and without
  water  conservation measures.   Present demand was  estimated as well
  The  totals  for  each state  are indicated  in  Table  VII  -  1.
""
CALIFORNIA
NEVADA
BASIN
PRESENT
DEMAND
11.1
4.7
15.7
PROJECTED DEMAND
WITHOUT
CONSERVATION MEASURES
34.2
	 — ' ' — — 	 .
8.8
"••• 	 • 	 — _
43.0
PROJECTED DEKAf
WITH
CONSERVATION MEAS
— . 	
ie.2
— • 	
4.5
— — — — — 	 —
22.7
           Table VII - i:  PRESENT 0972) AND ppWECTED MflT£R
                      (thousands of acre feet per year)
 The still  unofficial  Bi-State Compact allocates a maximum of 34,000 acr*
 feet of water per year to the Basin.   California would receive a 23 000
 acre foot  allocation  and Nevada 11,000 acre feet.  Clearly water con-
 servation  measures must be taken if ultimate water use in the Basin
 is  not  to  exceed  the  limit set by the Interstate Water Compact.

 The Walters  Engineering Study does not spell  out the assumptions made
 in  order to  calculate future  per capita water use.  Water use has con-
 sistently  increased in the Basin and  nationwide as well.   The study
 does  not discuss  what water conservation measures should  be utilized
 nor who  would  enforce them, nor what  impact such measures might have*
 on  efficient wastewater treatment.

 Local and  Regional  Regulation  of Land  Use

 Until the  advent  of the TRPA  in 1970 Tahoe  Basin land  use planning  was
undertaken by counties  and  the  City of South  Lake Tahoe.   General plans
zoning and the issuance of  subdivision approvals and building  permits  "
                                 80

-------
 were functions  carried out by county governments located considerable
 distances  from  the Tahoe Basin  (see Figure V - 3).  The land use classi-
 fications  designated by these local plans were not legally binding on
 land owners.  General plans were used as a broad framework for future
 land use and were not required  to reflect existing zoning.  The future
 uses ot  land as indicated on general plans were naturally in excess of
 actual land uses to allow for growth.  Appendix B contains a detailed
 discussion of the statutes which define the planning function in
 California and  Nevada local government.

 Land use planning in the Lake Tahoe Basin has been the subject of on-
 going controversy during most of the period covered by this research.
 Conservation interests continuously sought legislative action to
 override the land use decisions of local governments during the 1960's
 (Jackson and Pisam, 1973).  Public policy questions which dominated
 the  debate included whether land speculation was encouraged through
 a  lack of  subdivision control, whether major pro-development bias was
 evident  in general plans, whether marginal lands (steep slopes and
 fragile  soils)  were being approved for development, and whether regional
 and/or national  public interest in the planning process was being
 represented in  the local land use planning process (Brandt, 1971;
 Bronson, 1971).  The formation of the TRPA was expected to bring more
 environmentally responsive land use planning to the Lake Tahoe Region
 (Lake Tahoe Joint Study Committee, 1967).

 The  following discussion elaborates on the policy issues delineated
 above using subdivision activity as a land use indicator,  and evaluates
 the effectiveness of local and regional planning and management of
 environmental resources in the Tahoe Basin.  Subdivision data is the
 most consistent, accurate, and reliable land use measure available
 since records of zoning and land use district changes are virtually
 non-existent.   The subdivision data utilized in this report was col-
 r^e?a£0mnC2unDy ?ePartments and the TRPA and entered in the UC Santa
 Lruz Tahoe Data Bank for purposes of spacial and multivariate analysis.

 Subdivision Control

 The  sheer magnitude of subdivision activity has been a source of ongoing
 controversy   A total  of nearly 50,000 lots have been approved in the
 Tahoe Basin (Table VI  - 3).   Subdivision approvals have far outstripped
 the  construction of houses in the Basin.  Currently there  are an
 estimated 30,000 vacant lots (Economic Research Associates,  1972a)
 This  surplus of lots effectively limits the possible use of these
 lands to single family housing units.

Another result  of excessive subdivision approvals is to delay anv im-
 ?mn^^fh^eT>0rnt !Se! FIgure IV - 1}'   The environmental  quality
 impacts of the development of the existing 30,000 vacant lots would be
of major proportion.   A high percentage of the properties  could be
                                81

-------
built upon since they are included in appropriate use districts but
excluded from land coverage constraints set forth in the Land Use
Ordinance (TRPA 1972a).

When land is made available through planning, zoning and subdivision
approval mechanisms for uses requiring construction, the owners of
that land acquire legally enforceable rights to build.   These rights
can only be taken back by the slow and politically difficult process
of making planning and zoning adjustments.  This task is not made
easier when land owners with economic interests, sanctioned by the
original planning, zoning and subdivision*approval,  attempt to pro-
tect their investment.

Rural counties have historically tended to approve subdivisions without
critical review because the combined tax assessments on the individual
subdivided lots is considerably higher than on the original undivided
parcel.  The county tax base can be greatly increased through sub-
division activity without requiring the county to provide public
services.

Another important economic factor in subdivision activity is the market-
ing system.   Subdivision promoters in rural areas often work on a large
scale.  The cost of market analysis and sales promotion is high; as is
the overhead which is attributable to the fact that  few of the home
site buyers  are local residents.  The development project must be ad-
vertised in  distant metropolitan areas.  These added costs generally
require the second home   subdivision developers to minimize on-site
costs.  Since second home sites sell  more rapidly than  do second homes.
the subdivider is also able to avoid committing capital  to a costly
construction operation by limiting promotion to the  sale of second home
lots.

The new owner of a subdivided lot essentially has only  two approaches
possible for managing his property; at some future date the owner will
either improve or sell  the property.   The latter choice,  often under-
taken with investment in mind,  is generally referred to as speculation.
Since there  are 30,000 vacant lots in the Basin, it  may be assumed that
a considerable portion of the subdivided land is held by land specu-
lators.

Land speculation,  by its very nature, removes land from the market.  Be-
cause the amount of land available to meet the market demand is very
limited, any alteration in land supply is important. The land speculator
gambles that if his land is withheld from the market long enough the re-
sulting shortage will force the value up to a profitable level.

Although there is insufficient data to determine statistically the Impact
of land speculation on land values at Lake Tahoe it is  important to note
that the Tahoe Basin is considered a  Hgh land cost area in spite of
                                 82

-------
 30,000 vacant lots.  The following excerpt from the 1971  TRPA  Housina
 Study postulates the causes of high land costs:                "ousing

      1.  The relative scarcity of usable,  accessible,  buildable and
          serviceable properties.

      2.  The preponderance of public ownership  in  the  Basin.

      3.  The "speculative" character of  land  investors who con-
          trol  some key parcels.

      4.  The additional  cost burden,  imputed  to  land for  "special
          assessments" (mostly sewers)  adding  to  land costs.

      Several  examples will  suffice:

      1.   Lots  in the Tahoe Sierra  Tract, filed  in  1950-51,
          originally sold  for $400-$500.  By 1960 they were
          priced  at $2500-$3000; today  they average  about  $5000.

      2.   Lots  in the Barton Tract  (City  of South Lake Tahoe) at
          the time of origin (1953)  sold  for about $1000;  in 1960
          they  were priced  at $3000.  They are now approximately
          $6000.

      3.   A  single family,  lake front lot at Incline Village sold
          tor $17,500 in 1960.  They are now selling at $85,000.

      4.   Single  family developed residential lots,  practically
          anywhere in  the Basin, now retail for approximately $1
          per square  foot.   (Smith, 1971, p. 35)

Another common result  of widespread land speculation is the creation
OT pressure on local government to rezone additional increments of
l?nln?r U1thn PurP°fes.  Land is usually sold on an option basis con-
tingent on the buyer's ability to secure a favorable (i.e., urban)
zone change.  (The above discussion on speculation impacts is based on
19771     intervlew "1th J°nn Bihary, real  estate appraiser, July


Lake Tahoe is especially vulnerable to this  phenomenon  because the
supply of land is limited and the demand for subdivided lots is greater
than the demand for lots with structures. The recent trend toward more
intensive land uses (e.g.  condominiums), while areas remain vacant which
had been subdivided several  years previously, may be a  consequence of
n*ll'r*n ' hf;    A y   l?nd.US? P°!icy Permitting  these more intensive
uses can be traced directly to local  government's earlier planning de-
cisions which sanctioned speculative  holdings, thereby  placing develop-
ment pressure on the remaining land.                    H»«.my ueveiop
                              83

-------
  In  1970 the disparity between actual  subdivided land and land indicated
  for development on the county general  land use plans was in excess of
  25,000 acres or roughly 39 square miles  (see Table VII - 2).  This
  disparity may be considered evidence  of  a  pro-development bias.  These
  plans,  which show an excessive amount  of acreage available for housing
  provided the conceptual pattern for all  land development through 1971
COUNTY
El Dorado
Placer
Douglas
Washoe
TOTAL
APPROVED
SUBDIVISIONS
10,750
6,910
2,040
3,490
22.190
INTERIM PLAN
AVAILABLE FOR
SUBDIVISION
14,730
22,800
5.310
4,880
47,720
EXCESS
ACRES
3.980
16,890
3,270
1,390
25,530
40 sq. ml .
        Table VII - 2;  COMPARISON OF APPROVED SUBDIVISION ACREAGE AND GENERAL
                   PLAN (INTERIM PLAN) ACREAGE (1970).

        Source: Hand counted (July 1973) subdivision approvals matched with
              TRPA V-400' scale maps (1970) and the TRPA Interim Plan
              1970 as compiled.In U.C. Santa Cruz Data Bank.
 The Transition from Local to  Regional  Planning

 The apparent inability of local  government to regulate private  land
 uses consistent with conserving  the  region's high scenic values has  been
 documented above.  This concern,  though,  is perhaps best demonstrated
 by the intense interest in coordinated,  Basin-wide planning which  has
 existed since the mid-fifties at  Lake  Tahoe,  A summary of this interest
 and a discussion of the difficult transition from local to regional
 planning follows.  (This discussion  is developed primarily from
 Appendix A.   Except where noted,  the source is "Lake Tahoe," the
 newsletter of the Lake Tahoe Area Council).

 The need for a regional approach  to  land  use was recognized in  the late
 1950's.   In  1958 a Tri-County Planning Commission was formed in Nevada
 and a Bi-County Planning Commission  in California.   These advisory  com
 missions  became the Tahoe Regional Planning Commission (TRPC) in 1960
 Funds,  staff,  and formal  powers were insufficient to actively pursue a
 substantial  planning program.  In the  early 1960's a private grant pro-
 vided funding  for the preparation  of a  "1980 Regional  Plan," developed
 by  the  San Francisco Bay Area firm of  Wilsey,  Ham and Blair (Wilsey
Mann,  1964).   This plan was adopted  by the  TRPC  and various county '
                                  84

-------
planning commissions  in 1964.   However  the  Boards of Supervisors of
the Tahoe Basin counties did not  adopt  the  1980 Plan and land use regu-
lation continued under the  provisions within county general  plans.

California and Nevada became active  in  the  Tahoe Basin land  use issue
in 1964, through the  creation  of  a Joint  Study Committee charged with
the responsibility of investigating  the feasibility of regional govern-
ment in the Tahoe Basin.  The  Committee's report, completed  in 1967,
recommended a Bi-State Regional Agency  with extensive land use control
authority.  Considerably weaker versions  of the proposed Bi-State
Agency were approved  by California in 1967, and by Nevada a  year later.
In 1969 the Bi-State  Planning  Compact was signed by.Congress, creating
the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA).

The TRPA convened its first meeting  in  April, 1970, as the staff
and governing body began preparation of a regional plan.  Adoption of
an interim regional plan within ninety  days of the initial convening
of the TRPA was mandated by the compact.  As a result of severe time
pressures and data gathering constraints, an unaltered composite of
the existing local general  plan maps was  presented and adopted.  This
interim plan became the basis  for all TRPA  approvals of land develop-
ment during the following two  years.

Lands designated on the interim plan for  urban, semi-urban and rural
estate development totaled nearly 48,000  acres or roughly 75 square
miles (staff calculations, from TRPA Interim Plan, 1970).  Using popu-
lation density figures developed  for TRPA  use districts (TRPA General
Plan, 1971) the population potential of the interim plan is  calculated
to be over 395,000 persons, based on assumed 80% build-out and 80%
occupancy rates (see Table VII  -  3).
LAND USE CATEGORIES
	 ... 	
Rural Estates
Residential Estates
Low Residential
Medium Residential
High Residential
Tourist Commercial
Limited ft Local Coin.
General Commercial
TOTAL
ACRES

11,110
4,210
24,420
1,630
1,980
1,830
670
1.290
47,140
PERSONS/
ACRE
.5
5
10.5
20
37.5
60
30
SO

POPULATION

5.550
21.050
256.410
32,600
74,250
109.800
20,100
64,500
,584,260
9 SOX BUILD OUT
SOX OCCUPANCY
3,552
1 3,472
'.64,102
20,864
47,520
70,272
'12,864
41 .280
373,926
       Table VII - 3:  INTERIM PLAN LAND USE ACREAGE POPULATION CAPACITY

       Source:  TRPA Interim Plan; computations fron UCSC Tahoe Data Bank
                              85

-------
 It  is clear that major environmental degradation was likely to occur
 from the impacts of residential and commercial construction, expanded
 highway networks, enlarged sewage disposal systems, etc., needed to
 support and service this large population.  The TRPA staff recognized
 the potential impact of these previous planning commitments, although
 a clear environmental planning strategy was not formulated (Pepper,
 1971).

 The TRPA staff clashed repeatedly with governing body members, and
 members of the TRPA Advisory Planning Commission (APC) (whose membership
 included the planning directors of the local governments under TRPA
 authority) over approvals of proposed land developments.  (U.S. Senate,
 1972a; Agena, 1972; and Bronson, 1971.)  Local government officials
 were understandably concerned that their authority was being undercut
 by  the TRPA.  Conflicts between these two levels of government were
 common.

 Permit review occupied the majority of staff time as the eighteen-
 month planning period mandated by the Bi-State Compact slowly elapsed.
 Although a series of citizen technical committee reports was prepared
 (TRPA, 1971; 1971n, inclusive), the TRPA staff lacked sufficient per-
 sonnel, time, and information to engage in an active planning process
 (Pepper, 1972).

 In 1970 the U.S. Forest Service established a special Tahoe Basin
 Planning Team to develop plans and policies for the public lands in
 the basin.  This team subsequently provided the environmental research
 support for preparation of the TRPA Plan.  Working in conjunction with
 a research group in the Department of Landscape Architecture at the
 University of California at Berkeley, the USFS team conducted an ex-
 tensive analysis of the dynamics of the Tahoe Basin landscape.

 As a result of this research, the USFS team was able to define seven
 Land Capability Districts, based on the relative tolerance of the land-
 scape to absorb land development without sustaining permanent damage.
 These districts are primarily defined in terms of the following charac-
 teristics of the landscape:  slope, soil erosion, runoff, drainage
 density, revegetation potential, flooding, wildlife, sedimentation
 and water quality (U.S. Forest Service, 1972).

 Conservation groups made several unsuccessful attempts to secure a
 development moratorium on all Basin lands during the planning period.
 However the only moratorium envoked was a HUD-FHA moratorium on all FHA
mortgage insurance activity in the Tahoe Basin.

The APC and the TRPA governing body continued to give wholesale approval
 to land development proposals over the constant objections of conserva-
 tion-minded members of the respective bodies (Brandt, 1971; Bronson,
 1971).   In addition, hundreds of units were approved in spite of nega-
tive TRPA staff recommendations which were based on analysis of slope
and soil conditions.  (Pepper, 1971).
                              86

-------
The Bi-State Compact required that public hearings on the regional
plan be held at the end of the eighteen-month planning period. In
response to this legislative mandate, the TRPA regional  plan was pre-
sented in June of 1971.  This plan, usually referred to as the "staff
plan," was developed by assigning specific land uses and a persons-
per-acre factor to the USFS designated Land Capability Districts.
This process produced an unusual land use plan based wholly on ecologi-
cal factors and yielded a theoretical maximum basin population of
136,000 persons.

Unfortunately, the staff plan failed to provide for existing develop-
ment or paper subdivisions!  These additional land uses would have
allowed a potential population of about 300,000 persons, if the same
persons-per-acre factor were used.  Current estimates of peak-day
populations were also excluded from population calculations.

Conservationists were naturally elated at the prospect of a strong,
environmentally based plan which  included the returning of large areas
of existing development to a natural state.

Amidst growing controversy, however, political realities prevailed and
the "staff plan" was shelved by the  governing body  in early July.  The
TRPA then appointed an ARC Subcommittee to prepare  a politically fea-
sible regional plan within two months.  This subcommittee was composed
of the six local planning directors  whose planning  authority within
the Tahoe Basin had previously  been  pre-empted by the TRPA.

Meanwhile, a  Bureau of Outdoor  Recreation draft study released  in
August   recommended sweeping changes in the  structure of the TRPA  in
order to  realize the environmental goals mandated by the legislation
 (Bureau  of Outdoor Recreation,  1971).  The controversial report was
never made public, and the TRPA continued on schedule toward  plan
adoption.

Extensive hearings on  the completed  APC  subcommittee  plan  were  held  in
September and October  1971.   Conservationist pressures  eventually  con-
vinced the APC and the TRPA  governing  body that the regional  plan
would not meet the legislative  mandate unless  land  use  was regulated
on the basis  of the USFS  Land Capability  Districts.

The result  was a  two-map plan;  with  permitted land uses  determined
 by the APC  subcommittee  plan and  the use  intensity  (expressed as a
 percentage  of land coverage)  regulated by the seven previously desig-
 nated  land  capability  districts (U.S.  Forest Service,  1972).   Adoption
 of this  unique two-map plan was subsequently delayed by the Nevada
 TRPA members  who requested the  preparation of an  Environmental  Impact
 Statement on  the proposed plan  (see Section  IVj  Figure IV - 1). •
                             87

-------
 TRPA Land Use  Controls

 The TRPA Plan, as  adopted  December 1971,  is implemented through a
 land use ordinance enacted February 1972  (TRPA 1972a).  This ordinance
 establishes regional  land  use districts and land capability districts-
 provides for both  population  density controls and land coverage linri-'
 tations; and includes procedures  for the  issuance of permits and non-
 conforming uses.

 It is not surprising that  a concept of  land capability districts be-
 came the environmental quality dimension  of the plan.   The enabling
 legislation had charged the agency with the preparation of "regional
 plan of resource conservation  and  orderly development  (and) to
 exercise effective  environmental controls"  (U.S.  Congress, 1969).

 The land capability districts  were matched  in the ordinance with cor-
 responding land coverage limitations  on areas with high suscepti-
 bility to development disturbances.   The  relative distribution of
 these districts and the percentage of land  coverage permitted  is
 delineated in Table VII - 4 (TRPA  1972a,  p.  12).
LAND CAPABILITY


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DEVELOPMENT
RIQ?


high



',

low
DISTRIBUTION IN LAKE TAHOE BASIN (ACRES)

TOTAL BASIN
148,750
4,770
12,900
7,050
16,730
8,800
3,030
74X
2X
6X

-------
permitted for commercial development.   Tourist commercial land uses
are permitted 35 to 50% land coverage  and general  commercial land uses
may have up to 70% coverage; these  provisions apply to all land
designated for commercial uses  regardless of the land capability.

The implications of these exceptions are clear; the TRPA Plan, gen-
erally thought to provide substantial  environmental controls, merely
places highly restrictive land  coverage limitations only on new
residential subdivisions while  permitting and encouraging higher  inten-
sity uses  in existing  and new  commercial areas, and in medium and
high density residential districts that contain existing subdivided
lots.

Adoption  of the  TRPA  General  Plan resulted in major incongruences with
previous  land use  decisions (Pepper, 1972).  A number of remote  and
unbuilt-upon  subdivisions  were reclassified  for General  Forest uses.
This designation prohibited the construction of residential units.
Many existing  subdivisions  with varying  degrees of residential buildout
were placed within very restrictive land  capability  districts.

However,  the  most dramatic changes were  in  the reductions of  acreages
within high  use potential  districts as delineated on the existing
County General  Plans  (TRPA Interim  Plan).   Table  VIj-s  shows  acreages
of specific  land use district  removed  from  each county allocation in
the TRPA Plan.   Of note is the 46%  reduction of urban uses, primarily
 in residential  categories.
COUNTIES (ACRES)
CATEGORIES 	

RURAL ESTATE • \
7
RES. ESTATE OVER 1 — "•
LOW RES10. 1-3 DW/AC
MED. RESID. 4-ft DW/AC
H! RES 10. 8-15 EM/AC
TOURIST COMMTPriAL
LIMITED OR LOCAL COMM.-t
GENERAL COMMERCIAL 	 1
SERVICE INDUSTRY
COUNTY TOTALS
PLACER
-12,650


-1,230
+ 140
-160
-30
-490
+ 190
-14,230
U DORADO
-20


-4,070
+ 420
+ 490
-100
+ 410
+ 100
-2,770
DOUGLAS
-1,240


-500
-610
+ 110
-250
•70
-40
-2.600

WASHOE 1 TOTALS
-840


-460
+ 90
-150
-110
-80
+ 80
-1.470
-14,750


-6,260
-40
+ 290
-490
-230
+330
-21,070
     Table VII - 5: LAND USE DISTRICT ACREAGE NET CHANGES UNDER TRPA PLAN •- TALLY BY COUNTY

     Source:  TRPA Interim Plan; Computations fron MC.SC Tat  Data Bank
                                    89

-------
 Although the California counties have a considerably  greater endowment
 of high capability lands than those in Nevada, the  acreage  reductions
 were also of major proportion.  Of the 18,390 acres removed from high
 capability uses,  some 13,780 acres (75%) were in California.   El
 Dorado County and the City of South Lake Tahoe had  4650  and 3690 acres
 removed respectively.  Also the major commercial area acreage reduc-
 tions were made on the California side, pointing up the  reluctance of
 the Nevada interests  to compromise commercial and gaming interests.

 TRPA Concern for  Wastewater Management

 A similar comparison  can be made using wastewater management  districts
 as the units of observation (Table VII -6 ).  Nearly  12,000 acres
 within sewerage districts have been removed from urban uses  by the TRPA
 Plan.  As expected, California districts experienced the greatest
 reductions.
CATEGORIES
RURAL ESTATE 	 	 — •
RES. ESTATE OVER 1 	 '~
LOW RESIO. 1-3 DM/AC
MED. RESID. 4-8 DU/AC
HI RESIO, 8-15 DW/AC
TOURIST COMMERCIAL
LIMITED OR LOCAL COMM.— ,
GENERAL COMMERCIAL- 	 !~"
SERVICE INDUSTRY
DISTRICT TOTALS
NTPUD
-290
-280
+50
-100
-20
+60
+10
-570
TCPUD
-2.900
-1,940
»100
-250
-90
-290
+50
-5.320
STPUD
-10
-2,640
+410
+700
-80
+410
+100
-1,110
IVGIO
.:880
-320
+110
-140
-100
+20
+80
-1,230
us i cm
CB
-Q ,
-70
-so
0
+10
-40
0
-150
TD.RH.K.EP
& 0 GID
-1,150
' +470
-530
+40
-210
-70
-40
-2.430
TOTALS
-5.230
-5,650
+ 140
+250
-500
+ 130
+200
-10.660
             Table VII - 6:  LAND USE DISTRICT ACREAGE NET CHANGES UNDER TRPA PLAN —
                        TALLY BY HASTEWATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT

                  Source:  TRPA Interim Plan; Computations form UCSC Tahoe Data Bank
During the  hearings on the proposed TRPA Plan, a  number of objections
were voiced  by  various special districts.   It was claimed that the
plan effectively  limited the growth of service areas;  thereby reducing
revenues and producing fiscal problems for  the districts.   However,
a study of the  economic impact of the TRPA  Plan on special  districts
did indicate that the effects of the plan itself  would  produce few
fiscal problems (Baxter, McDonald 1971).
                                90

-------
Sewage disposal systems were not a central consideration in the develop-
ment of the 1971 TRPA Plan.  Reports and studies prepared for the
agency in the areas of wastewater collection, treatment, and disposal
are too generalized and fail to provide sufficient information for
region-wide decision making.

The 1971 TRPA Wastewater Committee Report consists mainly of assorted,
one-time and non-parallel statistics as reported by sewerage districts
(TRPA, 1971m).  The "Lake Tahoe Water, Wastewater and Drainage,"
(HUD-701 Draft Study) (Walters Engineering, 1973) also fails to provide
an information base to assist the TRPA in coordinating land use and
wastewater management.  Nor are the conclusions and recommendations
reached in the study supported by strong quantitative data.  Unless
the final report is a substantial improvement over the draft study,
the TRPA will continue to conduct its planning program without an
understanding of the influence and impact of wastewater management in
the Basin.
                            91

-------
                               SECTION VIII

                           OVERVIEW AND PROSPECT


 The complexity inherent in the research topic required a constant shift in
 the analysis between general contextual factors and specific relationships.
 Section IV and V addressed the general considerations of environmental
 quality, land use and development, and wastewater management in  the context
 of the Lake Tahoe Basin.  In Secion VI specific quantitative and structural
 relationships were analyzed, and Section VII presented an analysis and
 evaluation of the wide range of public policies contributing to  the evo-
 lution of the land use pattern in the Tahoe Basin.

 The purpose of this final  section is twofold:   first,  to provide an over-
 view of the research findings through the presentation of a  descriptive
 model  of the land development process in the Tahoe  Basin; and second, to
 discuss briefly the outlook  for the  Basin as  built upon inferences from
 the model.

 Descriptive Model

 Conceptual  Framework

 The development of the  descriptive  model  incorporates  research findings
 from Sections  VI  and VII and two  previously developed  models:  the
 Environmental  Quality Land Use  -  Wastewater Management model  illustrated
 in  Figure  III  - 1  (page 8 )i and tne Conceptual  Model of the Land  Develop-
 ment Process shown in Figure V  -  6  (page  28).

 Since  major structural  changes  have  occurred in the  land  development pro-
 cess in  the Basin,  it is necessary  to indicate  important  changes  in the
 descriptive model  to encompass  the  three  periods  of  urbanization  in the
 Tahoe  Basin identified  and discussed  under  Development Periods in Section
 V (see Table V  -  1,  page 30   ).

 Although these  periods  delineate  distinct stages  in  the evolution of the
 land development  process in  the Basin,  it  is the  factors  which influenced
 the  transitions from one period to the  next which are of  primary  impor-
 tance  in understanding  the dynamics of  the process.

 Components

The Conceptual Model  developed in Section V consisted of  six primary
elements:   demand, activities, land use control,  infrastructure,  physical
land development, and environmental change.  Each of these elements is
further defined by a  set of discrete measures which are identified in
Table VIII  - 1.                                                '
                                  92

-------
       ELEMENT
           MEASURES
(1)  Demand
(2)  Activities
(3)  Land Use
     Control
(4)  Infrastructure
     Development
(5)  Land
     Development
(6)  Environmental
     Change
Permanent Peculation
Seasonal Population
Transient Population
Outdoor Recreation
Land Subdivision and Development
Legalized Gaming
Other Commercial Tourism
Land Subdivision
Residential Development
Commercial Development
Outdoor Recreation Facilities
    Development
Uastewater Management
Transportation
Water Supply
Energy
Single Family Residential
Multiole Family Residential
Motel/Hotel Commercial
1-Jater Pollution
Scenic Degradation
Erosion-Sedimentation
Air Pollution
Table VIII - 1:   DESCRIPTIVE MODEL ELEMENTS  AND MEASURES
                                93

-------
 Structure

 Since the Conceptual  Model provides the basic structure for the descrip-
 tive model,  it  is repeated below  as Figure VIII -  1  for ease of reference.
                                                             (3)
                                                             PUBLIC PLANNING
                                                             AND LAND USE
                                                             CONTROL SYSTEM
   . . Hjure VIII - 1: CONCEPTUAL MODEL OF THE LAND DEVELOPMENT PROCESS: LAKE TAHOE BASIN 1950-1972
               Dashed lines Indicate negative feedback
The  detailed model structure was derived from the relationships  establish-
ed in  Section VI and VII,  thus providing the  specificity necessary to
expand and modify the relationships initially hypothesized  in  the Con-
ceptual  Model.

Period One:   1950-1959

All  the  relationships indicated in the initial  period, 1950-1959 (Figure
VIII - 2),  are  self-reinforcing, i.e., they display positive feedback
and  therefore constituted  a  development-sustaining process.  None of the
elements are linked through  self-correcting mechanisms (negative feed-
back).
                                    94

-------
CALIFORNIA
DISPOSABLE
INCOME
                                                                   (3) LOCAL LAND
                                                                     USE COHTROL
  Important elements and  relationships in the pre-sewage treatment
  facilities period are as follows:
       (a)  land development  utilization of septic tanks for wastewater
            disposal;
       (b)  water pollution resulting from septic seepage  into  Lake Tahoe;
            and
       (c)  lack of strong local  land use control
  Figure VIII - 2:  DESCRIPTIVE MODEL — PERIOD ONE:  1950-1959
                                     95

-------
  In the Tahoe Basin land development process, when environmental quality
  thresholds were approached, negative feedback loops were generated through
  a combination of internal and external influences.  Subsequent stages of
  the model include these corrective feedback loops.  (Broken lines are
  used to indicate self-correcting conditions; arrows indicate causal re-
  lationships, although not all are empirically tested.)

  Two negative feedback loops were instrumental in the transition from
  period one to period two (Figure VIII- 3).  First, the adverse effects
  of septic water pollution on residents and on tourism (especially out-
  door recreation) generated a loop between environmental  change and demand,
  and subsequently to federal and state policies,  programs, and grants.

  Second, the size of gaming facilities and other commercial  tourist estab-
  lishments was clearly limited by septic tank disposal  capacities.   A
  negative loop from land development (commercial) to infrastructure (waste-
 water) resulted as commercial  interests sought to influence the develop-
 ment of wastewater management facilities.

 These_feedback loops  (shown in Figure VIII - 3)  were central  to the
 transition between  periods  one and  two.  (Two conventions are used to
 show changes in figures  illustrating  model periods and transitions:
 important changes  in  relationships  are indicated by heavier lines  in the
 figure in which they  first  appear;  elements that are primarily involved
 in  the transition are shaded.)

 Period Two:   1960-1969

 Figure VIII  -  4  depicts  the model for  this period.   Major expansion  of
 wastewater facilities occurred  in these years, permitting the  growth  of
 multiple-family  residential and  commercial-tourism developments.   The
 provision  of sewage treatment  facilities  also  led  to a substantial  in-
 crease in  the  density of single  family  residential  development.

 These  land use  changes in turn produced undesired  changes in environ-
 mental  conditions; namely increased erosion, sedimentation  and  con-
 sequent turbidity of  Lake Tahoe  waters, and  scenic  degradation  resulting
 from vegetation  clearing.  Furthermore  these adverse changes were  a
 potential  threat to the tourism  and recreation-based economy.   Figure VIII-
 5 illustrates the resulting negative feedback  loop generated between
 environmental change  and demand, and subsequently between demand and
 federal and state policies, programs, and grants.    It was  this environ-
 mental quality feedback loop which led  to the transition  from local to
 regional land use control through the creation of the TRPA.

 Period Three:  1970-Present

Although the formation period of the TRPA spans half a decade, 1970
marks the actual inception of regional  land use planning and control   in
                                96

-------

r~ "

CALIFORNIA * >
•DISPOSABLE 1
INCOME
;
u 	 .
^
t
_i_-
(1) DEMAND
VISITOR
POPULATION
1
1
1
(e)ENVlROmCIITA
CHANGE
SCENIC
DEGRADATION

WATER
POLLUTION

•

(


b)



r
i
L 1
|
j
L






NEVADA
WHIG


1



+







+
f
. ^Kiim
^FEDERAL .

, (2*)
~! OUTDOOR
RECREATION
1

LAND
,

• STATE AND FEDERAL
- WASTEMATER MANAGEMENT
^POLICY i GRANTS -


•L (
") DEVELOPERS
LOCAL PUBLIC
J REVENUE BASE

^|

•

4
FEDERAL
LANDS

» +
v


+.1+1
SINGLE
FAMILY

COWERCIAL

HOTEL/
HOTEL


(5) LAND
DEVELOPMENT






(o' WASTEVWTER -
"" ~™ -~ "~ SEPTIC TANKS.

WATER SUPPLY
4 AND PCWER
TRANSPORTATION
(4) INFRASTRUCTURE



.
RESIDENTIAL
SUBDIVISIONS

TOURIST L
.CWWERCIAL s
(J) LOCAL LAND
USE CONTROL






 Important elements and relationships in this transition period are as
 follows:
      (a)  potential negative impact of water pollution on demand and
          visitor days;
      (b)  influence of water pollution on state and federal water
          pollution control programs; and
      (c)  development constraints  (especially on commercial and gaming
          facilities) of septic tank disposal capacities.
Figure VIII - 3:  DESCRIPTIVE MODEL -- TRANSITION:  PERIOD ONE PERIOD TWO
                                   97

-------
                                                        STATE AND FEDERAL
                                                        WASTEUATER MANAGEMENT
                                                        POLICY t GRANTS
 Significant  changes  in both elements and relationships occurring  during
 this  period  (defined by the provision of major wastewater treatment
 facilities)  include:
      (a)   shift  from septic tank disposal to sewerage treatment systems;
      (b)   growth in  multi-family residential use;
      (c)   impact of  land development on water quality (erosion and
           sedimentation)
      (d)   influence  of land development growth on transportation; and
      (e)   impact of  increased transportation on air quality.
Figure VIII - 4:  DESCRIPTIVE  MODEL  -- PERIOD TWO:  1960-1969
                                  98

-------
(b)
T


ESTATE AND'.'''.-^
.£ GOVERNMENT ' jj>f
                                                                AND FEDERAL
                                                           >5 CREATION OF
                                                           *"	-'.-&f;' :*'••.
Important elements and relationships  in  the second transition period

are as follows:

     (a)  potential negative impact of adverse environmental  changes

          on demand and visitor days; and

     (b)  influence of adverse environmental  changes on State and Federal

          governments resulting in creation of TRFA.
Figure  VIII  -  5:   DESCRIPTIVE MODEL -- TRANSITION: PERIOD  TWO  PERIOD THREE
                                 99

-------
 the  Basin.   Figure  VIII  -  6  illustrates  the state of the model at the
 start  of  period  three.   However,  it  is too early to determine the nature
 of the Agency's  influence  on  other elements and relationships in the
 model, due  to  the relatively  short period of time since the formation of
 the  TRPA.

 Prospect

 Our  knowledge  of the future is extremely limited; accurate forecasts,
 projections, and predictions  are  difficult even for simple phenomena.
 In cases  where social, economic,  political and environmental factors are
 in constant  interplay, accurate prediction of future change is extremely
 rare.

 The  uneven quality of research data and the consequent limitations of the
 statistical analysis precluded the development of a simple predictive
 method set forth as a research aim.  However the dynamics of the land
 development process delineated by the descriptive model suggest that major
 changes in the process are primarily a result of shifts in public policy.
 Therefore this discussion  on the prospect for the Lake Tahoe Basin is
 based on possible changes in selected public policies.  Potential changes
 in the land development process will  be described by means of brief
 scenarios.  These scenarios are meant to serve only as  examples, and as
 such do not provide a complete range of possible futures.

 Existing public agency activities and responsibilities  in the planning
 and management of the Lake Tahoe Basin suggest seven policy areas which
 have a direct relationship to the land development process:  wastewater
 management, storm runoff, water supply, transportation, energy, land use
 control and public recreation.  The likely impacts of hypothetical poli-
 cies are discussed for each of these areas.   As such, the discussion
 serves to illustrate potential changes, to determine their probable
 occurrence.  In addition, the relationships among the hypothetical
 policies are not discussed, although this suggests numerous possibilities.

 Wastewater Management

 Hypothetical Policy:  Increase wastewater treatment capacities of exist-
 ing facilities within the Tahoe Basin.

 Regardless of the basis for expansion, any additional  capacity would very
 likely produce an adverse impact on the land use pattern designated on
 the TRPA Plan, particularly in terms of pressure to expand the urbaniza-
 tion limits onto lands in high-capability districts but zoned only for
general forest uses.  Conflicts of this nature have already been identi-
fied in an Environmental  Impact Statement prepared for  a proposed TTSA
project.   In addition, increased facility capacity would create an in-
centive to increase land use intensity, with the resulting pressure to
increase land use densities permitted under the TRPA Plan.
                              100

-------
The creation of the TRFfl and the resulting  land  use  controls introduced
the following new elements  and relationships:
     (a)  TRFfl land capability districts  control  over-intensity of  land
          development;
     (b)  TRffl land use district regulation of land  uses;  and
     (c)  changes in other  relationships  are presently  indeterminate as
          the TRPA influence is still  an  unknown quantity  (these  relation-
          ships are indicated by question marks  (?)  ).
 Figure VIII - 6:  DESCRIPTIVE MODEL — PERIOD THREE: 1970-PRESENT
                              101

-------
 Storm Runoff Management

 Hypothetical  Policy:   Incorporate a storm drain  system into  the waste-
 water management facilities,  requiring  a substantial  expansion of
 treatment and export  facilities.

 Any additional  wastewater capacity, regardless of  the  purpose and merits
 of facility expansion,  would  create the  land  use pressures noted above.

 Furthermore,  if the problems  of erosion-sedimentation-eutrophication were
 effectively removed by  channeling surface runoff through  the wastewater
 treatment and export  systems,  the TRPA Land Capability District controls
 might be  considered redundant  as  increased use intensities could be
 rationalized.   If  this  were to occur,  new controls would  be required to
 address the environmental  quality problems resulting from increased in-
 tensity of land  use.

 Although  no research  conclusions  were  reached on the influence of the
 holding costs on undeveloped but  subdivided land in the Tahoe Basin,
 additional  assessments  for the treatment  of storm  runoff  might well lead
 to  sizeable economic  consequences for  land owners and  special districts.

 Water  Supply

 Hypothetical  Policy:  Reduction in  Bi-State Water Compact allocations.

 Water  supply and distribution  is   potentially the most  limiting factor in
 terms  of  future development in the  Tahoe  Basin.  Any sizeable reduction
 in   the water supply  available for  the operation of wastewater management
 facilities  would have a profound  influence on the form and spatial dis-
 tribution of  land uses  in the  Tahoe Basin.  Furthermore,  the export of
 wastewater  and storm  runoff could  have serious effects on the amount of
 water  flowing from the  Lake for use by downstream residents.

 Transportation

 Hypothetical Policy:  Upgrade  Highway 50  to freeway standards and capa-
 city.

 An  increase in the capacity of the  primary California surface transporta-
 tion link  to the Basin would effectively  remove an acknowledged constraint
 to  development.  Increased access is not  an independent causal factor in
 the  land  development  process, but rather  it provides a vital component.
Any  substantial increase in infrastructure capacity has a corresponding
 influence on the land development potential.

Energy Use

Hypothetical Policy:  Federal  or State rationing of automotive fuel.
                                102

-------
The regional economy is virtually dependent on tourism.  Fuel shortages
or prohibitive costs could cause an extended and substantial reduction
in visitor days resulting in serious economic problems.  Furthermore,
if higher energy costs were to reduce projected urban growth in the
Basin, special districts dependent on revenue bonds could encounter
fiscal difficulty.

Land Use Control

The effectiveness of the TRPA is presently under challenge from two
directions:  those seeking to weaken substantially the Agency's land
use control mechanisms, and those who claim the present controls are
inadequate to meet the mandate of the Bi-State Planning Compact.  The
course will ultimately reconcile these opposing challenges, but decisions
tending toward one extreme or the other would have a strong influence on
the dynamics of land development.

Hypothetical Policy:  Court ordered removal of Land Capability District
land coverage controls.

Without the land capability constraints set forth in the TRPA Land Use
Ordinance environmental problems associated with hydrology'and vegeta-
tion could not be effectively controlled.

Hypothetical Policy:  Court ordered stronger TRPA Land Capability Con-
trols.

This would lead to tighter land use controls with a corresponding reduc-
tion in the population capacity of the TRPA Plan.  The land development
process would likely undergo two substantial changes under this policy.
First, land costs would increase dramatically if the supply of land
potentially available for development were significantly reduced thus
raising serious equity questions; second, a re-distribution of taxes
and special assessments would be required to sustain the existing level
of public service investments.  Landholders now unable to develop their
properties would not be willing to pay taxes and assessments for ser-
vices they could never utilize.  Unless corresponding restitution poli-
cies were included to address the equity questions arising from this
land use policy, environmental quality would be achieved at the
social costs of forcing out low and middle  income home owners.  Service
employees whose rent would be adjusted to cover readjusted taxes and
assessment might be forced out of the Basin as well.

Recreation

Hypothetical Policy:  Public lands in the Tahoe Basin developed to a
maximum recreation potential.

If federal  and state agencies pursued such a policy, the peak day and
seasonal  populations would increase tremendously.  This population
                               103

-------
 increase would in turn effect all infrastructure systems, public ser-
 vices, and commercial land uses, with consequent impacts on environ-
 mental quality.  An ambitious public recreation policy would clearly
 have a direct and sizeable influence on the land development process
 in the Tahoe Basin.

 Hypothetical  Policy:   USFS purchases or trades  for  parcels  of land  on
 which development would  not be permitted under  the  TRPA Plan.

 Any substantial  reduction of private holdings will  tend to  increase
 development pressures  on  the  remaining  lands.   Land  values  will  rise
 since the  land  market  has diminished in  size and because of the  larger
 open  space amenity.  Taxes will  rise as  well since the  newly acquired
 public lands  would be  removed  from the  tax  rolls.  A higher density of
 development on  remaining  private  lands would likely result.

 The increased opportunities for recreation  on the new public acquisitions
 would  lead  to pressure for more access, more sewage treatment capacity
 allocated  to  USFS lands,  and more tourist facilities on  private  lands.
 The net effect might be a  public subsidization of open space purchases
 which would primarily benefit private landholders in the Basin.

 Summary

 These scenarios indicate that while there is a potential myriad of inter-
 acting public policies to preserve Lake Tahoe,  the future quality of
 the Tahoe environment is  not especially secure.   Clearly the role of
 *Ee PAf USFS and other federal and state agencies must be to consider
 the^roadest possible policy implications of each single purpose
action.
                                 104

-------
                              SECTION IX

                              REFERENCES


Agena, Kathleen, "Tahoe," ASPO Newsletter, 38, No.  1, pp 3-16 (1972).

Allen, Morris L., "North Tahoe Agencies Test Disposal in Volcanic
   Cinder Cone." The Bulletin. 9. No. 3, pp 31-38 (1973).

Alonso, William, The Quality of Data and The Choice and Design of
   Predictive Models. Working Paper 72, University of California
   Berkeley, Institute of Urban and Regional Development, 19 pp (1967).

	» "Predicting Best with Imperfect Data." Journal of the American
   Institute of Planners. 34, pp 248-255 (1968]^

Anon., Federal Reserve Bulletin. 59, No. 6, (1973).

Ayer, John, "Water Quality Control at Lake Tahoe:  Dissertation on
   Grasshopper Soup," Ecology Law Quarterly. No. 1, (1971).

Bartel Wells Associates, Financing Plan Regional Sewerage Project,
   prepared for Tahoe-Truckee Sanitation Agency, San Francisco,
   California, 49 pp (1973).

Baxter, McDonald and Company, The Use of 1915 Assessment Bonds by El
   Dorado County, unpublished memorandum, Berkeley, California (1968).

	» Economic Impact of Development Cutbacks on Tahoe Local Agencies,
   unpublished, Berkeley, California, (1971).

	» Impact of Tahoe Regional Plan Alternatives on the Planning and
   Financing of Local Public Facilities and Services, prepared for
   the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency's Advisory Planning Commission
   Subcommittee, unpublished, Berkeley, California (1971a).

Blalock, Hubert M. Jr., Social Statistics. McGraw Hill, New York (1960)

Boll ens, John, Special District Governments in the United States.
   University of California Press, Berkeley, California (1957).

Bosselman, Fred, and David Callies, The Quiet Revolution in Land Use
   Control, prepared for the Council on Environmental Quality, United
   States Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. (1971)
                                105

-------
Bowden, Gerald, "Opening the Door to Open Space Control ,"  Pacific
  Law Journal . 1,'pp 461-600 (1970).

Brandt, Steven, "What's Going Wrong at Tahoe." Sierra Club Bulletin,  56,
  pp 8-11 (1971).

Bronson, William, "It's about Too Late for Lake.Tahoe,"  Audubon
  Magazine. 73. pp 46-62 (1971).

Brown and Caldwell, South Tahoe Sewerage Survey, prepared for South
  Tahoe Public Utility District, ban hrancisco, California. 145 pp
  (1959).

      ,«n..th T.hoP Public Utility nistrict Water Works Program, prepared
-Tor  South Tahoe Public Utility District, San Francisco, California
  (1961).

Rurrn   Rnhprt  A  and Clark D. Henderson, Transportation Planning
  A1 ternfttves 1 n the Tahoe  Basi n ,  prepare* for TRPA with the  support
  of The  League  to Save Lake lahoe,  Stanford  Research Institute, Menlo
  Park,  California, 117 pp  (1971).

Bureau of Outdoor Recreation Pacific Southwest Region   Lake Tahoe:
  Strategies  to  Save A  Lake, San Francisco, California  (1971).

   .     Position  Statement" on the Subcommittee Plan,  unpublished, San
      ' Francisco, California,  2 pp (iy/ia).

 California  Assembly,  Committee on  Natural .Resources.  Planning, and Public
   Works, Public  Hearing on Regional Planning  in Lake Tahoe Basin,
   Broc kway, California  (Iyb4).

      , Pollution of Lak»-T*hn» - A Brief Summary,  Staff Report to  the
 -Assembly Interim Committee on Water, Sacramento, California (1965).

        fl»aiyg.ic of raiifnrnia District" Laws,  prepared for the use of
 -^Assembly Interim Committee on Hun ici pal and County Government
   by George H. Murphy, Sacramento, California, 427 pp (1969).

 California Department of Finance,  California Population 1969.
   Population  Research Unit, Sacramento, California, 48 pp U9
 California Department of Public Works, Division of Highways, Annual
   Traffic Counts  (Census or Volume), Sacramento, California, Tfm^
   each year from  1938 to 1972).

 California Department of Real Estate, Subdivision Manual, fourth
   edition, Sacramento, California  (1966).
                                 106

-------
California Department  of Water
  Water In the' Lake Tahoe
  Nevada and California,  30 pp (1949)

__. Report on  the Use  of Water in thP I *v*
  California, Sacramento, r.aMfnrnia (l919g

             Water  Quality
                                                      on the l.seof
                                                                _
                                                      En9lneers of
                                                   Watershed in
                                                   wdiersned in
   Sacramento, California, 63 pp (1969).
 — FFF      .       Qua1itv I"vest.igation of Lakp Taho0| A
 "TTTbrl ut Lahtorma. Nevada,  and  the Environment
                                       . of Lake Tahoe.  A  Cooperative
                                       Environmental  Protection Agency,
                                       " 1971, Sacramento, California,
        oi
__, Cejtral  District. Joint Water quality Tnw.cf^^^n of Lake
 bacra. CaHfornU.
                                        n     - Central Valley Region,
                                        Deve1"lm""t". unpublished!

   . Uke Tahoe Water
                              rontrol Pmin,. Sacr^ento.  California
                              107

-------
California Regional Water Quality Control Board — Lahontan Region, Cont

     .Lake Tahoe Water Quality Control Policy Addendum Regarding
  Implementation, Sacramento. California (1967a).

	, Lake Tahoe Water Quality Problem ~ History and Prospectus,
  unpublished, Sacramento, California (1968a).

	, Executive Officer's Annual Report to the Board on Status of
  Water Quality Control in the Region, Sacramento, California, 44 pp
  (1969a).

	, Lake Tahoe Hater Quality Control Policy Addendum Regarding
  Control' of Siltation, unpublished, Sacramento, California, 3 pp
  (1969b).

     , A Comprehensive Report on the Disposal of Sewage from the North
  .aFoe Public Utility District and the Tahoe City Public Utility
  District, prepared by the Placer County Health Department (1970a).

	, Lake Tahoe Water Quality Problem - A Status Report, unpublished,
  Sacramento, California, 13 pp (1970b).

	, Interim Water Quality Control'Plan for the North Lahontan Basiii
  6A., Sacramento, California, 37 pp (1971a).

California Resources Agency, Guidelines for Implementation of the
  California Environmental Quality Act of 1970. Sacramento, California,
  39 pp (1973).

	, Department of Conservation, Division of Soil Conservation,
"""Sedimentation and Erosion in the Upper Truckee River and Trout Creek
  Watershed, Sacramento, California (1969).

California Water Quality Control Board, Digest of Sewerage Enabling
  Acts, Publication No. 28, Sacramento, California, 67 pp (1964).

	, Comprehensive Water Quality^Control Plans — Planning Report
  Outline, Sacramento, California (1971).

California Water Resources Control Board, Final Report;  Recommended
  Changes in Water Quality Control, Sacramento, California (1969).

	, Project Report Guideline, Sacramento, California (1971).

	, The Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (containing 1971
  amendments), Sacramento, California (1972).
                              108

-------
California Water Resources Control Board, Cont.

	» The Porter-Cologne Water Quality Control Act (containing 1972
  amendments). Sacramento. California (1973).

     . Division of Planning and Research, Research Needs for Water
  Resources Control in California, Publication No. 48, 48 pp (1973a).

California Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, Regional Interim Plan.
  unpublished, South Lake Tahoe, California, 12 pp (1968).

Chapin, F. Stuart, Urban Land Use Planning. University of Illinois Press,
  Urbana, Illinois J965).

Chase, Gary, Fourteen Thousand Planners, report prepared for the
  Planning Commission of the City of South Lake Tahoe, South Lake Tahoe,
  California, 51 pp (1967).

Christman, R. F., et al., The Natural Environment;  Wastes and Control,
  Goodyear Publishing Co., inc., Pacific Palisades, California (1973).

Cornell, Rowland, Hayes and Merryfield, Clair A. Hill and Associates,
  Preliminary Design Report on a Tertiary Waste Treatment Plant.
  prepared for South Tahoe Public Utilities District, Corvallis, Oregon,
  33 pp (1963).

	» A Plan to Provide Sewage Treatment and Export Facilities for the
  West and North Shore Areas of Lake Tahoe. prepared for South Tahoe
  Public Utilities District, Con/all is, Oregon (1971).

     » Project Report for Hater Reclamation Plant Improvements.
  Prepared for South Tahoe Public Utilities District, Redding,
  California, 61 pp (1971a).

	» Wastewater Purification at Lake Tahoe. prepared as an information-
  al brochure for the South Tahoe Public Utilities District, San
  Francisco, California (undated).

Constantini, Edmond,"Lake Tahoe and the Environmental Impulse:  A
  Political  Behavior Perspective," Western Agricultural Economics
  Association Proceedings, 44th Annual Meeting, Squaw Valley,
  California, pp 255-265 (July 1971).

     » The Federal Role in the Future of the Lake Tahoe Basin, prepared
  for the Subcommittee on Air and Water Pollution, Committee on
  Public Works, U.S. Senate, University of California, Davis,
  17 pp (1972).
                              109

-------
Council on Environmental Quality, Environmental  Quality.  Third Annual
  Report! U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington,  D.C.,  450 pp
  (1972).

       Environmental Quality. Fourth Annual I  Report, U.S.  Government
" Printing Office, Washington, D.C., (1973).

Court  James E , Charles Goldman, and Norman J.  Hyne, "Surface Sediments
  in Lake Tahoe, California-Nevada," Journal of Sedimentary Petrology.
  42, No. 2, pp 359-3-7 (1972).

Creegan and D ' Angel o, Preliminary Engineering Report engage  Collection,
  Treatment, and Disposal Facilities for Douglas County SID #1 , San
  Jose, California (1962).

 _ , Report to Douglas County Sewer Improvement District #1. Estimated
~Tuture Flows June-September Averages. San Jose, California, 46 pp
  (1962a). -

     , Preliminary Engineering Report on Joint Collection, Treatment,
~a?J7 DTIpoTal Facilities to Serve the Douglas county SID #1 and
  Rbund'Hil'1 Gib',' prepared for the Board of Directors of the Douglas
  County SID fl, San Jose, California, 4 pp (1965).

_ t Sewerage Master  Plan  - Lake Tahoe Basin. Douglas County. Nevada.
  prepared for Board of County Commissioners, San Jose, California,
  77 pp  (1968).

_ , Report to the Joint Administrative Board - Export Force Main
""Extension".  San Jose,  California
 Davies,  J.  Clarence, The  Politics  of  Pollution.  Pegasus, New York, New
   York (1970).

 Davis, Raymond  G.,  Regional  Government  for  Lake  Tahoe;  A  Case  Study.
   Institute of  Governmental  Affairs,  University  of  California,  Davis,
   Environmental  Quality Series  No. 2, 29  pp (1970).

 Detwyler,  Thomas R.,  Man's  Impact on Environment,  McGraw-Hill, San
   Francisco, California (1971).

 Dewante, R. H. .Statement Before Pollution  Control  Subcommittee. U.S.
   House of Representatives at South Lake  Tahoe.  California (May 2,  1966)

 Dewante and stowell .  Environmental Impact Statement - Joint Sewerage
   Facilities ExpansionTroject, prepared  for Tahoe City PUD and North
   Tahoe PUD, Sacramento,  uamornia,  12 pp (1971).

        Joint Sewerage Facilities Expansion Project - Project Report.
 -preparecTfSrTahoe City Public utilities District and North lanoe
   Public Utility District, Sacramento,  California, 41 pp (1971a).
                                 110

-------
Dewante and Stowel!, Contd.

_____» Supplementary Data — Dollar Point Lift Station Addition Project.
  prepared for North Tahoe Public Utility District,  37 pp (1972).

	, Sewer Assessment District No. 7C. Draft— Environmental  Impact
  Statementt prepared for Tahoe City Public Utility  District,
  Sacramento, California, 48 pp (1973).

Douglas County, Nevada, Planning Commission. Analysis of the Report
  by Brown and Caldwell of the South Tahoe Sewerage  Survey, with
  Particular Reference to Douglas County (at Lake Tahoe), Douglas
  County, Nevada  (1959).

     , Present and Future Development Plans Potentials of the Kingsbury-
  Stateline Portion of Douglas County at Lake Tahoe. Nevada, Douglas
  County, Nevada  (1959a).

Dyckman, John W.,  "Planning and Decision Theory," Journal of the
  American Institute of Planners, 27, pp 335-45  (1961).

     , Introduction to Readings in the Theory of Planning;  The State
  ofPlanning Theory in America, unpublished manuscript, prepared
  at the University of Pennyslvania  (1963).

Eckbo, Dean, Austin and Williams, Recommendations for the Establishing
  of a Recreation  Master PlarTqf the Tahoe City  Public Utility
  District, San Francisco. California  (1970).

     , Recreation  Master Plan, 1970-1990, prepared for the Tahoe City
  PUD", San Francisco,  California  (1970a).

	, Lake Tahoe  Conservation. Recreation and Open  Space  Elements,
  prepared for the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, San Francisco,
  California, 59  pp  (1973).

    _s Stateline  Subregional Study,  prepared for the Tahoe  Regional
    anning Agency, preliminary draft,  San Francisco, California,
  105  pp  (1973a).

      » Tahoe  Population  Estimates and  Projections, San  Francisco,
    aTifornia  (1973b).

      , Phase  II Regional Comprehensive Planning  Program, prepared  for
  tfie" Tahoe Regional Planning Agency,  San  Francisco, California
   (undated).
                               Ill

-------
 Economic Research Associates. Economic Analysis of Projected Growth
   for the Lake Tahoe Basin, prepared for the Tahoe Regional  Planning
   Subcommittee, Los Angeles, California, (1971).

      ,  Regional Capital  Programming Plans 1973-77, first draft prepared
   FoF the Tahoe Regional  Planning Agency, Los Angeles,  California,
   pages not numbered (1972),

 	,  Regional Housing  Element Update,  prepared for the Tahoe Regional
   Planning Agency,  Los Angeles, California (1972a).

 Ehrman, Kenneth A.,  "Administrative Appeal  and Judicial  Review of
   Property Tax Assessments  in California -- The New  Look," Hastings
   Law Journal, 22.  No. 1,  (1970).

 El  Dorado County, Lake Valley Master Plan,  prepared  by  the El  Dorado
   County Planning Department (1959).

 	,  Six Years of  Planning,  prepared by the El  Dorado  County Planning
   Department  (1963).

      ,  General  Plan, prepared  by  the El  Dorado County Planning
   Department  (1969).

      ,  Recreational  Plan, prepared  by the El  Dorado  County Planning
   Department  (1969a).

 El  Dorado  National Forest Task  Force, Sewer Task  Force Report  Concerning
   the Lake Tahoe Basin Portion  of the El  Dorado National  Forest.
   prepared for the Forest Service Multiple  Use  Survey, U.S.  Department
   of Agriculture (1970).

 Engineering-Science, Inc., Comprehensive  Study  on  Protection of Water
   Resources of LateTahoe BasTin  Through Controlled  Waste  Disposal"^
   prepared for the Lake Tahoe Area  Council  and  Fleischman Foundation,
  Arcadia, California (1963).

	,  Waste Disposal Alternatives  for the  North Shore Area  of Lake
  Tahoe, prepared for the Placer County Board of Supervisors,  Arcadia,
  California  (1965).

	,  A Regional Program for the Protection of Water Resources in
  the Lake Tahoe-Truckee River  Basin, prepared for the Lake Tahoe
  Area  Council, Arcadia, California,  65 pp  (1967).

Felts,  William  E. and Geoffrey  Wandesforde-Smith. The Politics of
  Development  Review in the  Lake Tahoe Basin.  Institute  of Governmental
  Affairs, University of California,  Davis,  Environmental Quality
  Series No. 16, 40 pp (1973).
                               112

-------
 Friedmann,  John and William  Alonso, editors, Regional Development and
   Panning, A Reader,  MIT Press,  Cambridge. Massachusetts! 722 pp  " "
(1964).
                                                           °f
   7—'  A Reconnaissance of Stream Flow and Fluvial Sediment Transport
   Incline Village AreaT Lake Tahoe. Nevada. UlatPr itocn..,.rcc Tnf»^t1on
   Series Report  19,  State of Nevada, Department of Conservation and
   Natural  Resources, 34 pp (1973).


 Goldman, Charles R. , "Environmental Impact and Water Development,"
   Journal  of American Water Works Association, fidT No. 9, pp 545-549
   \ \ y/£ ) .


 Goldman, Charles R., Gerald Moshiri and Evelyne de Amezaga, "Synoptic
   Study of Accelerated Eutrophication in Lake Tahoe - A Subalpine
   •  r'-,.,p£??ented at International Symposium on Water Pollution Control
   in Cold  Climates,  sponsored by Institute of Water Resources,
   University of Alaska and Federal Water Quality Administration,
   21 pp (1970).


 Goldman, Charles R., and Hans W. Paerl , "Heterotrophic Assays in the
Goldman, Charles R., Robert C. Richards, Hans W. Paerl, Robert C.
  ™H9j!y'/ecne •' Obf5jck and Will^m L. Quaide, Aquatic Studies
  f jL ?^    Nl!Srq °u the UpPer Truckeee Rjyer Sediment Plume in
  CalifJ?n?a* 28    Mg  )   Memorandum X-62, 238, Moffett Field,"


Hamilton, H. R., System Simulation  for Regional  Analysis:   An
  Application to River-Basin Planning MIT Pr^s.  M****rhltco++c (1959).

U*™y> Saf] G-» Assessment of Alternative Transportation Policies for  the
  Lake Tahoe Region, A Proposal  for Research --  Prepared for LTAC. -
  Stanford Research Institute, Menlo Park,  California, 17 pp (1970).

Marian, Lee. A Review of the Washoe County-Lake  Tahoe   7nninn pian
  unpublished paper, 21  pp (1967). - ^ -       H ri  •*

Hill, Clair A.,  and Associates,  An  Interim Report
  Sewage Flows for  South Tahoe Public Utilities  n
  California (1962).                 ~
                                113

-------
Hill, Clair A., and Associates, Contd.

       Preliminary Report Concerning Sewage Treatment and Disposal .
—prepared for the South Fahoe Public Utilities District, Redding
  California (1962a).

       Exoortati on of Reclaimed Water from South Shore. Lake Tahoe.
— prepared for the South fahoe Public Utilities District, Redding,
  California, pp 15  (1964).

_ t Engineering Report for South Tahoe Public Utilities District,
~~racling, California            ~~
      , Preliminary Engineering Report for Incline Village General
  Improvement District — Sewage Treatment and Disposal System. Redding,
  California  (1968).

       Mater and Sewer System Review and General Plan Development for
       ne^/illage GID. Redding. California (\vw).
 Hyne,  Norman J., Paul Chelminski, James E. Court, Donn S. Gorsline
   and  Charles R. Goldman, "Quaternary History of Lake Tahoe,
   California-Nevada," Geological Sor.ietv of America Bulletin, 83,
   pp 1435-1448  (1972).

 Hyne,  Norman J., C.  R. Goldman, and  E. E. Court, "Mounds in Lake
   Tahoe!Ta?ifornia-Nevada:  A Model for Landslide Topography in the
   Subsqueous Environment." The Journal of Geography. 81, No. 2  (1973).

 International  Engineering Company,  Inc., St. Mauri ce-Helkamp-Musser,
   Crystal  Bav  Development Company  Incline Village Preliminary Report
   on Water Supply  and  Sanitary Sewerage Systems, San Francisco, 42  pp
   (I960).

 Jackson, W. Turrentine and  Donald  J. Pisani, Lak|TahoeWatex:A
   Chronicle of Conflict Affecting  the  Environment 1863-1939,  Institute
   of Governmental  Affairs,  University  of California, Davis,  Environ-
   mental Quality Series No.  6, 72  pp (1972).

        From Resort Area to  Urban  Recreation  Center:  Themes  in  the
 "development of Lake  Tahoe, Institute of Governmental  Affairs, U.C.
   Davis, Environmental Quality Series  #15  (1973).

 Jones  and Stokes Associates, I nr... Addendum  to Draft Environmental
   Impact Assessment -  Tahoe Truckee Sanitation Agency.  Sacramento,
   California,  189 pp
        Draft Environmental Impact Assessment - Tahoe Truckee Sanitation
    gencyT Sacramento, California, 516 pp (1973a).
                               114

-------
 Kennedy Engineers, A Study of the Implications of WastewaterExport
   from the Lake Tahoe Basin with Respect to the Watpr n..am-v rf thr
   Carson River, prepared for the Board of Commissioners ot Churchill
   County, Nevada, San Francisco, California, 79 pp (1966).

 Lake Tahoe Area Council, Lake Tahoe 3-8. the official publication of
   the Lake Tahoe Area Council (1960-1973).

 .	. Statement of Policy of the Lake Tahoe Area Council, unpublished,
   4 pp (1967a).

 	» Questionnaire Responses. Broken Down by Counties, unpublished,
   7 pp (1971 a).

 	» Report to the Lake Tahoe Planning Agency and Its Advisory
   Planning Committee on the Future of Lake Tahoe. unpublished, 6 pp
   (undated).

 Lake Tahoe Area Council, California Department of Conservation and
   Nevada Department of Conservation and Natural Resources, Tahoe
   Vegetation - Soil Protection Symposium. Summary and Proceedings, 83 pp
   (1968).

 Lake Tahoe Joint Study Committee, Report of the Lake Tahoe Joint Study
   Study Committee. Lake Tahoe, 56 pp (1967).

 Layton, William B. Jr., Focus Tahoe North, prepared for Tahoe City
   Public Utility District, II pp 0973).

 League of Women Voters, Statement to the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency.
   unpublished, 5 pp (197TT"~~	   	    —

 League to Save Lake Tahoe. Statement of Policy on the Tahoe Regional
   Planning Agency Staff's Proposed Tahoe Regional Plan, unpublished.


 LeGates,  R.  T., California Local  Agency Formation Commission, Institute
  of Governmental  Studies, University of California,  Berkeley (1970).

Leisz,  Douglas R., April Report_to Office of Management and Budget
  on the Lake Tahoe Basin. Presidential  ApnnintPP tn  th* TanAQ p?qiOna 1
  Planning Agency, unpublished,  4 pp (1973).

Le?P°ld»  Luna BI'  Hydrology for Urban Land Planning — A Guidebook on the
  Hydrologic Effects of Land Use, U.S.  Department of  the Interior	
  Geological  Survey Circular 554, Washington,  D.C., 18 pp (1968).!

Leven,  Charles L., "A Regionalist's  View of Public Sector Planning in a
             Society'"  Papers of  the Regional  Science Association, 17.
                               115

-------
 Matthews,  R.  A.,  Reconnaissance Geological  Investigation  of  Six
   Potential  Sewage Disposal  Sites,  Lake Tahoe Area,  prepared for  the
   Tahoe City  and  North Tahoe PUD's,  5 pp (1967).

 Matthews,  R.  A. and Charles  Schwarz,  Lake Tahoe  Basin  - A Preliminary
   Bibliography, 1969,  Cooperative Report for Resources Agency, State
   of California and Pacific  Southwest Forest and  Range Experiment
   Station, U.S. Department of Agriculture,  Special Publication 36,
   110 pp (1970).

 McEvoy, III,  James,, The American Public's Concern with the Environment;
   A Study  of  Public Opinion,  Institute of Governmental Affairs,
   University  of California,  Davis,  Environmental  Quality  Series No. 4,
   29 pp (1971).

 McEvoy, III,  James, and Sharon Williams,  Visual  Pollution in the  Lake
   Tahoe Basin, prepared for  the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency,
   University  of California,  Davis, 24 pp  (1970).

 Milgram, Grace, The City Expands, A Study of the  Conversion of Land
   from Rural  to Urban  Use, Institute  for  Environmental Studies,
   University  of Pennsylvania,  p 124  (1967).

 Miller,  Groezinger,  Petttit and Evers,  Memorandum to the  League to
   Save Lake Tahoe,  Sierra  Club re:  Proposed Land Use  Ordinance of the
   Tahoe Regional  Planning  Agency. San Francisco,  California,  14 pp
   (1S71).

 Moyer,  Harlan, "The South  Lake Tahoe  Water  Reclamation Project,"
   Public Works pp 87-94 (December 1968).

 Muth,  E. A. and Harvey 0.  Banks, Memorandum on Estimated  Future Water
   Requirements — Lake Tahoe  Basin, Presented  to  the Lake Tahoe Water
   Problems Committee,  Joint California-Nevada  Interstate  Compact
   Commission  (1959).

 Nevada  State  Division  of Health, Department of Health  and Welfare,
   Interstate  Water Quality Standards  and  Plan of  Implementation.
   Carson City, Nevada,  38  pp  (1967).

 Nevada  State  Division  of Health, Bureau of  Environmental  Health,  Law
   Relating to the Protection  of Lake  Tahoe  Watershed and  Regulations
   Governing the Lake Tahoe Watershed,  Carson City, Nevada, 13 pp
   (1958, amended  1967).

 Nevada Tax Commission,  Comparative Statement of Segregations  of the
   Tax Rolls by Counties  and Classes (1964-65 through 1970-71).

	, Local  Government  Syllabus, Carson  City, Nevada, (1971a)
                                116

-------
Neilson, James A., Lake Tahoe Vegetation II;   Natural  Vegetation Zones.
  Institute of Governmental Affairs, University of California at Davis,
  Environmental Quality Series No. 17, 35 pp  (1973).

Neilson, James A., Samuel Bamberg, Andrew Leiser, Elwood Miller and
  Greg Hansen, Lake Tahoe Vegetation I:  A Symposium.  Institute of
  Governmental Affairs, University of California, Davis, Environmental
  Quality Series No. 12, 50 pp (1972).

Nie, Norma, Statistical Package for the Social  Sciences, McGraw
  Hill, New Vork (1970).	

Nolte, George S., Feasibility of Formation of a General  Improvement
  District to Serve the Tahoe Basin Area of Douglas County.  Nevada.
  prepared for the Board of County Commissioners, Douglas County,
  Nevada, Palo Alto, California 26 pp (1959).

__» Report to the North Tahoe PUD on Sewage Works,  Palo Alto,
^UaTifornia (1964).	

     . Engineering Design Report — Sewage Treatment Plant,  prepared
  for the Round Hill General Improvement District, Palo Alto,
  California (1965).

North Tahoe and Tahoe City PUD's, Joint Request for State Aid for the
  Implementation of Sewage Exportation Plan "B" for the North and
  West Shores of Lake Tahoe (1966T'

North Tahoe Public Utility District and Tahoe City Public Utility
  District, Presentation to the Economic Development Administration.
  29 pp (1969T	

Orme, Antony R., The Shore-zone System for Lake Tahoe. prepared for
  the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, 30 pp (1971).

	» Preliminary Draft — Shoreline Plan for Lake Tahoe, prepared for
  the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, 51 pp (1973).

Pagter, Carl, and C. W. Wolfe Jr., "Lake Tahoe — The Future of A
  National Asset:  Land Use, Water and Pollution," California Law
  Review. 52, No. 3, pp 563-622 (1964).

Patterson, George and Arthur Solomon, Property Taxes and Populist
  Reform, Urban Institute Reprint (197377

Pepper, James E., Planning and Political Process, a Case Study:  The
  Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, unpublished paper f!97n.
                               117

-------
 Pepper, James, Contd.

    _, An Approach to Environmental Impact Evaluation of:Land-Use
    ans and Policies:  The Tahoe Basiii;Planning Information System.
  Department of Landscape Architecture, University of California,
  Berkeley,  27 pp (1972).

Placer County, Development Policy. Placer County, Nevada (1963).

	, General Plan - 1966, prepared by the Placer County Planning
  Department, Placer County, Nevada (1966).

     , An Economic Growth Analysis, prepared as an element of the
  General Plan, Placer County, Nevada, 93 pp (1970).

	, Population and Housing Study, prepared as an element of the
  General Plan, Placer County, Nevada, 283 pp (1970a).

	, General Development Manual, Placer County, Nevada (1971).

	, Division of Environmental^Health. Lake Tahoe -- Problems of
  Development and Sewage Disposal as' Viewed by a Local HeaUh"
  Department. Placer County. Nevada (undated).

Ramseier, Roy, Digest of California Laws Providing for the Control of
  Water Pollution and the Construction and Financing of Water Pollution
  Control Facilities, prepared for the State Hater Pollution Control
  Board (1962).

Real Estate Research Corporation. Economic Base Study Lake Tahoe Basin.
  California, a portion of the Technical Supplement, Preliminary Plan
  Report, Lake Tahoe 1980 Regional Plan Program, San Francisco, California,
  54 pp (1961).

Rogers, John H., and Grant M. Kennedy, Soils of the Tahoe  Basin, prepared
  for the United States Department of Agriculture, Soil  Conservation
  Service, 66 pp (1970).

Security Pacific National Bank, Monthly Report of Building Permit
  Activity in the Cities and Counties of California, prepared by
  Economic Research Department, (1969-1972).

Seager, Deane, Sewage PispgsaVand Water Pollution Control  in the
  Lake Tahoe Basin (1960-64). Topic Report No. 1, Lake Tahoe Area
  Council, unpublished, 9 pp (1964).

Sierra Economic Development District,  Overall Economic Development
  Program, Annual  Progress Report for 1971. Volume II, Grass Valley
  California, (1972).
                                  118

-------
Smith, Raymond, Preliminary Survey and Analysis of Planninp and
  Development Problems -- Lake Tahoe Portion of Washoe County. Nevada.
  Topic Report No. 5, Lake Tahoe Area Council, Reno, Nevada,
  unpublished, 27 pp (1960).

	, A Report and Analysis of the Demographic, Economic, Geographic,
  and Financial Aspects of the Lake Tahoe Basin and Surrounding Areas
  in order to Ascertain the Need for the Construction of a New
  Savings and Loan Facility at the Kingsbury Grade Intersection in
  Douglas County. Nevada, prepared for Universal Inc., Reno, Nevada
  (1963).

	, A Comparison of Existing Subdivision, Zoning and Other
  Development Controls  in the Lake Tahoe Basin, prepared for the Tahoe
  Regional Planning Commission, Reno, Nevada, 55 pp (1967).

	. Douglas County General Plan. 1967-1985, Reno, Nevada (1967a).

	, Tahoe Basin Controls, Reno, Nevada (1967b).

	  , Reconnaissance Report — Lake Tahoe Basin Area, Prepared for
  th"? Tahoe Regional Planning Commission, Reno, Nevada, 26 pp  (1968).

    _  Nevada Tahoe General Plan, prepared for the Nevada Tahoe Regional
    anning Agency, Reno, Nevada, 124 pp  (1970).

     » Housing Study of the Lake Tahoe Basin, prepared for TRPA, Lake
   anoe, California, 62 pp  (19717".

     , Tahoe Palace -- A Resort Hotel; An Environmental Information
  Report, prepared for the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency Review,
  Reno, Nevada, 109 pp (1973).

	, History of the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency  (1960-1970), paper
  prepared for the Tahoe Regional Planning Commission, Reno, Nevada,
  10 pp (undated).

Sorensen, Jens C., and James E. Pepper, A Procedure for Regional
  Clearinghouse Review of Environmental  Impact Statements —_ Pha_se_
  Two, Review Draft, Prepared for the Association of Bay Area  Governments,
  Berkeley, California, 72 pp and appendices  (1973).

Sorensen, Jens C., and Mitchell Moss. Development of Procedures and
  Programs to Assist in the Preparation  and Review of  Impact Statements.
  prepared for the American Association  for the Advancement of
  Science Symposia, Washington, D.C., 45 pp (1972).
                                119

-------
 South  Lake Tahoe Chamber of Commerce, Miscellaneous Data, Lake Tahoe
  South  Shore Area  (undated a).

 _ , Statistical  Data (undated b).

 South  Lake Tahoe, City of, Revised Land Use Provisions, a Section of
  the  General Plan,  prepared by the City Planning Department, 10 pp
South Tahoe Public Utility District, Prospectus and Notice of Sale for
  1959 General Obligation Sewer Bonds, 21 pp January 14 (I960).

_ , 1953-1973 Twenty Years of Progress. 10 pp (1973).

Steinitz, Carl and Peter Rogers, A Systems Analysis Model  of
  Urbanization and Change, An Experiment in Interdisciplinary Education,
  Graduate School of Design, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts
  (1968).

Stone and Youngberg, Financing Major Water Improvements, prepared for
  the North Tahoe PUD, San Francisco, Ca., 28 pp (1964).

Symonds, Phillip J., Central  Places in a Resort Region:  A Study of
  Urbanization of the Lake Tahoe Basin, prepared as a contribution to
  the Tahoe Studies group, Department of Behavioral Sciences, University
  of California, Davis, 20 pp plus 21 pp of charts (1970).

Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, Report on Lake Tahoe Region Fire
  Protection.  South Lake Tahoe, California, 14 pp (1969).

     »  The Plan for Lake Tahoe, Preliminary General Plan.  South Lake
   aTioe, California, 1 pp June (1970).

   _ ,  Guides  for Planning — Technical Committee Reports, prepared
  for the TRPA and Forest Service,  U.S. Department of Agriculture, as
  follows:

       Climate and Air Quality of the Lake Tahoe Region. South Lake
       Tahoe,  California,  31  pp (1971).

       Cultural  and Historical  Significance of the Lake Tahoe Region.
       South Lake Tahoe,  California,  28 pp (1971a).

       Geology and Geomorphology of the Lake Tahoe Region. South Lake
       Tahoe,  California,  59  pp (1971b).

       Hydrology and Water Resources  of the Lake Tahoe Regioru South
       Lake Tahoe,  California.  22  pp  (1971c).
                                120

-------
Tahoe Regional Planning Agency,  Guides for Planning —
Technical Committee Reports, Contd.

       Land Resources or the Lake Tahoe Region, South Lake Tahoe,
       California 37 pp (1971d).

       Limnology and Water Quality of tie Lake Tahoe Basin. South
       Lake Tahoe, California, 14 pp (1971e).

       Recreational Resources of the Lake Tahoe Region.  South Lake
       Tahoe, California,  51 pp (1971f).

       Soils of the Lake Tahoe Region. South Lake Tahoe, California,
       21 pp (1971g).

       Vegetation of the Lake Tahoe Region, South Lake Tahoe,
       California, 43 pp (1971h).

       Wildlife of the Lake Tahoe Region. South Lake Tahoe, California,
       42 pp (1971i).

	, Lake Tahoe Region Storm Drainage, prepared by Storm Drainage
  Committee, South Lake Tahoe, California, 9 pp (1971J).

	, Proposed Regional Plan, unpublished, 67 pp (1971k).

	, Report on Lake Tahoe Region Electrical Supply, South Lake
  Tahoe, California, 13 pp  (19711).

	, Report on Lake Tahoe Region Solid Waste Collection and Disposal,
  South  Lake Tahoe, California, 7 pp  (1971m).

	, Report on Lake Tahoe Region Wastewater Collection. Treatment
  and~ Disposal, South Lake Tahoe, California, 28 pp  (1971n).

     , Report on Water Distribution — Lake Tahoe Region, South Lake
   ahoe, California, 10 pp  (1971o).

	, TRPA News (May 26, 1973-May 11, 1973).

	, Technical Advisory Committee. Minutes. South  Lake Tahoe,
  CTTifornia, July 5 (1972a).

	, Grading Ordinance, No. 5, South Lake Tahoe, California,
~~T6"~pp, February  10 (1972b).

     , Land Use Ordinance,  No. 4, South Lake Tahoe,  California, 37 pp
           ~
                              121

-------
Tahoe Regional Planning Agency, Contd.

     , Shoreline Ordinance. No. 6. South Lake Tahoe, California, 16 pp
    97237:
     , Subdivision Ordinance, No. 7, South Lake Tahoe, California, 16 pp
	t Summary Report of All Correspondence and Testimony Relative to
  the" Proposed Conservation, Recreation, and Open Space Plan,
  Recommendations from the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency Staff
  (1973a).

Tahoe-Truckee Sanitation Agency, Financing Plan. Regional Sewerage
  Project, 49 pp (1973).

Trimont Land Company and North Star General American Development
  Corporation, Dollar Properties, Tahoe City PUD, Togetherness, presented
  to the Placer County Local Agency Formation Commission, 34 pp (1970).

Turner, Kenneth M., Lake Tahoe and Truckee River Basin - Future
  Municipal and Irrigation Water Requirements in California. Department
  of Water Resources, State of California, unpublished memorandum,
  6 pp (1960).

_J	, Nevada Portion of Lake Tahoe Basin - Future Municipal and
  Irrigation Water Requirements, Department of Water Resources, State
  of California, unpublished memorandum, 4 pp (1960a).

      , Present and Projected Population. Land Use and Water Use in
  the California Portion of the Lake Tahoe Basin,  a memorandum report
  of the California Department of Water Resources, Central District
  (preliminary data, subject to revision)  (1971).

United States Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations,  The
  Problem of Special Districts in American Government, A Commission
  Report, Washington D.C. (1964).~

United States Army Corps of Engineers, Sacramento District, Flood Plain
  Information Trout and Bijou Creeks. South Lake Tahoe. California.
  prepared for El Dorado County, Sacramento, California, 23 pp (1969).

     , Flood Plain Informatign^Upper Truckee River. South Lake Tahoe.
  EaTiforrna. prepared for El Dorado County, Sacramento, California.
  27 pp (1969a).

United States Congress, Public Law 91-148, Tahoe Regional Planning
  Compact, 91st Congress, S. 118 (December 18, 1969b).
                                  122

-------
  United  States Department of Agriculture, Multiple Use
    for National Forest Lands in the Lake Tahoe Ma.-m.
    Regions 4 and 5, Washington D. C., 56 pp (1969).

 United States Department of Commerce, Bureau of Census
                                                       OffTclo-
     _' j!ureau of Census, Census of population. 1950.  1960.  197Q.
   U.S. Government Printing Office (I950a, 1960a, 1970a).  -


     ata?en° F1eld Office' Population Forecasts for the Lake Tahoe Basin
     yyy ) .
 UnlJS?n?SteJ-DepaEtmentJ?f Inter1or'  Fede™l  Water Pollution  Control
   ??  ^ 1.?^°"'.  rLCeedlnq!'.Confer!nrP *" the Matter  of  PoUitlfin
   of the InterstateWaTers of Lake Tahoe and its tHbutarles.TTmr
   2_, Washington, D.C., (July 18-20, 1966). - -

 _^ Federal  Water Pollution Control  Administration, Division of
   Construction  Grants, Sewer and Sewage Treatment Plant  Construction
   Cost Index, Washington,  D.C., 59 pp  (1968).  -
       h              Pollution  Control Administration,  Pacific
       n  5  h-91?n>  Status  of Water  Quality Management. Lake Tahoe
      in.  Washington,  D.c.  (1970).           - - - ~~
 United States  Environmental  Protection Agency, Water Quality Office,
   (!£/?! 1nfiS>     ^  Qud11ty  Manageme"t Planning. Washington, D.C.,


 _ »  Cost Effectiveness of Water Quality Programs (1972).
— tm'iThLiFedNrau Wa^ Pollution Cnntrol Act Amendments of 1972
  Highlights^ Washington, n.r..  QQ73).  - " - ~


        nl0pen .Let?eL ^'the-Mahapers-of America's Waste Treatment
        ities, by Robert Trl, Washington. D.C. (1973a). -
__^, "Preparation of Environmental Impact Statements — Interim
  Regulations," Federal Register^ Washington, D.C. (19735).
      H!       F°J?S5 Service> and state Water Resources Control
  7 PP (1973?)  °rnia* Cinder Cone Investiaatinn. unpublished report,


United States Forest Service, Land Capabilities:
            fti--         '                       on
  Tahoe Regional  Planning  Agency,  South Lake Tahoe,  Califo-nCa
  ^ i y i £. ) ,
                                 123

-------
  United States House of Representatives, Committee on Public Works
    Water Pollution Hearings on South Lake Tahoe.  California. Subcommittee
    on Rivers and Harbors,  Eighty-Ninth Congress Second  Session
    Washington, D.C., 326 pp (1966).                             '

  United States Public Health Service,  Report  on Water Pollution rnntmi
    Northwestern Lahontan Basin,  Washington, D.C.  (1953).        ~~	'

  United States Senate,  Committee on  Government  Operations, Property
    Taxation.  Effects on Land Use and Local Government Revenue?.
    prepared  by Congressional  Research  Service for  the Subcommittee
    on  Intergovernmental  Relations, Washington,  D.C.  (1971).

 	»  Committee on  Interior and Insular Affairs, National Land Use
    Policy, Background Papers  on  Past and Pending Legislation and the"
    Roles of the Executive Branch, Congress and  the States in Land
    Use  Policy  and Planning,  92nd Congress, 2nd  Session, Washington,
    D.C.  (1972).

 	» Committee on Public Works, Environmental Problems of the Lake
   Tahoe Basin. Hearing before the Subcommittee on Air and Water'
   Pollution. Brockway, California,  Ninety-Second Congress,  Second
   Session, Serial No. 92-H40, Washington, D.C., 829 pp (1972a).

 Walters Engineering, Nevada Rural Communities Water and Wastewater  Plan
   prepared for Carson City, Douglas  and Storey Counties, Reno,'*
   Nevada (1972).

 - . , »  Lake  Tahoe Water. Wastewater. and Drainage, HUD-701  Planning
   study* prepared for the Tahoe  Regional  Planning  Agency, Reno,
   Nevada (1973).

 	__>  Regional Water/Sewers Planning  and  Programming,  prepared for
   tne Tahoe  Regional  Planning Agency,  Reno, Nevada (undated).

 Wandesforde-Smith, Geoffrey,  Environmental Watchdogs;   The Promise
   °! ..? *nd  ?011*1£S-  Institute of Governmental Affairs, University
   of California,  Davis,  Environmental  Quality Series  No. 8 (1972).

 Warren,  E. Phillip,  Report on Present  and Ultimate Population.
   Occupancy and Water use -  Lake Tahoe, California,  prepare? for the
   California - Nevada Interstate Compact Commission,  Sacramento,
   California,  unpublished report, 22 pp (1957).

Washoe County, Tentative Plat Requirements. Washoe County Portion of
  the Lake Tahoe Basin, Washoe County Planning Commlssinn, Pgno~
  Nevada (undated).
                                 124

-------
White, Kenneth R., Development Plan to 1985. Lake Tahoe Portion of
  Douglas County, Douglas County,  Nevada (1964).

Wirth, Theodore J. and Associates, Report and Draft, Environmental
  Impact Statement, Lake Tahoe Plan and Effectuating Ordinances.
  prepared for the Tahoe Regional  Planning Agency, Billings,  Montana,
  pp 115 (1972).

Wilsey and Ham, Preliminary Study for a General  Plan, prepared for
  the Lake Tahoe Area Council, Millbrae, California (1958).

	, Technical Supplement, Preliminary Plan Report, Lake Tahoe
  Regional Plan Program, prepared for the Tahoe Regional Planning
  Commissions of California and Nevada, Millbrae, California (1963).

	, 1980 Regional Plan, prepared for the Tahoe Regional Planning
  Commissions of California and Nevada, Millbrae, California (1964).

     , Technical Supplement. 1980 Regional Plan, prepared for the
  TaToe Regional Planning Commission, Millbrae, California (1967).

Wood, Samuel, and Alfred Heller, The Phantom Cities of California.
  Sacramento, California (1963).

Addendum:  United  States Environmental  Protection Agency, Lake Tahoe
  Study. Section  114  PL  92-500, January 1974 Draft.
                               125

-------
                              SECTION X
                              ABBREVIATIONS
ARC
CAC
CEQ
CEQA
DWR
EIA
EIR
EIS
ERA
ESI
FHA
FWPCA
FWQA
GID
GPD
HUD
LAFCo
LRWQCB
tTAC
MGD
NEPA
NRS
NTPUD
PUD
RWQCB
SID
SPSS
STPUD
TCPUD
TRPA
TRPC
TTSA
USFS
WRCB
Advisory Planning Commission
City Annexation Commission
Council on Environmental Quality
California Environmental Quality Act
Department of Water Resources
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environmental Impact Report
Environmental Impact Statement
Economic Research Associates
Engineering Science, Inc.
Federal Housing Administration
Federal Water  Pollution Control Act
Federal Water Quality Administration
General Improvement District
Gallons Per Capita Per Day
Housing and Urban Development
Local Agency Formation Commission
Lahontan Regional Water Quality Control Board
Lake Tahoe Area Council
Million Gallons Per Day
National Environmental Policy Act
Nevada Revised Statutes
North Tahoe Public Utility District
Public Utility District
Regional Water Quality Control Board
Sewer Improvement District
Statistical Package for the Social Sciences
South Tahoe Public Utility District
Tahoe City Public Utility District
Tahoe Regional Planning Agency
Tahoe Regional Planning Commission
Tahoe Truckee Sanitary Agency
United States Forest Service
Water Resources Control Board
                              126

-------
                              SECTION XI


                              APPENDIX A
           CHRONICLE OF INFLUENTIAL EVENTS AND DECISIONS:

                     LAKE TAHOE BASIN 1950-1972
Any chronicle describing the events and changes since 1950 in the
Tahoe Basin necessarily requires considerable selectivity and con-
densation.  The purpose of this section is to describe the major events
and decisions, both internal and external, which appear to have shaped
the pattern of land use and the development of wastewater facilities
to a significant degree.  Those events and influences which relate
directly to the central focus of research will naturally receive great-
er attention although secondary influences are described when appro-
priate.

The chronicle is divided into four parts:  Evolution of the Land Use
Pattern; Wastewater Management Policy, Planning, and Construction;
Land Use Plans and Policy — Local and Regional; and Exogenous and
Endogenous Influences.  Each describes events and decisions with a
brief discussion of the type and scale of resulting influences.  Unle££
otherwise noted, the source for events in this chronology is "Lake
Tahoe," Vol. 1-8, official publication of the Lake Tahoe Area Council.

Evolution of the Land Use Pattern

As in the previous discussions of land use, the primary measures with
available historical data are population, subdivision activity, build-
ing permits, housing, and measures of commercial activity.  Where
data is available the specific location of activity is also included.

1950 - 1954

By 1950 the Tahoe Basin population was estimated to be 2500 permanent
residents, 5200 seasonal employees, 8100 seasonal recreationists, and
17,300 short-term peak day tourists.  Thus, peak day population would
have reached 31,600 in 1950 (Table VI - 8).  The land use pattern was
generally concentrated close to the shore on alluvium soils where
septic tanks were easily constructed.  In addition, highway access to
and circulation around the lake served to encourage a land use pattern
contiguous to the circulation systems, which generally parallel the
                                127

-------
  lake  shore.  Approximately  75% of the  highway system is within 1/2
  mile  of  the  lake  shore with an additional 15% within the first mile
  and the  remaining  10% between one and  two miles distance (staff calcu-
  lations).  This proximity of access quite naturally served to concen-
  trate development  close to  the shoreline.

  Subdivision approvals prior to 1950 had resulted in 17,500 single fam-
  ily residential lots within the Basin although only 5000 houses are
  estimated to have  been constructed (Table VI - 9).

  1955 - 1959

 No population or housing data are available for 1955;  however, an addi-
 tional 3000 subdivision lots were approved,  with 1800 lots, or 60% of
 Basin subdivision occurring in El  Dorado County.  Commercial  and  other
 urban services were very limited  and  tended  to be spread along the
 North, Northwest,  and South Shore highways,  with little apparent
 concentration or planned urban structure.   In 1959 an  extensive real
 estate development, Tahoe Keys, was built  on land fill  which  took
 place on the  marsh lands  at the Upper  Truckee  River lake inlet.   This
 land fill removed  the natural  sediment filtration of the Truckee  River
 provided by the marsh (California  Resources  Agency,  1969).  The Upper
 Truckee  is the  largest lake  tributary,  and the loss  of  the  marsh  con-
 tributed significantly to  increasing sedimentation  and  turbidity  prob-
 lems.  Septic tank leach  fields in this filled land  would have quickly
 drained  into  the lake; obviously  such  a project  could not have occurred
 without  the availability of  sewers.

 1960 - 1964

 The  1960 census  count indicated 12,461  permanent  residents, an increase
 of 398%  over  1950  (Table VI  - 8).  In addition over  8500 new  lots were
 approved  — nearly  tripling  the subdivision  activity in the previous
 five-year period.   Over 6500 of these new lots were  added to  El Dorado
 County,  accounting  for over  75% of the  basin total.  Housing  counts in
 the  1960  census  show  10,000  single-family units — double the  estimated
 1950 count  (Table VI  - 9).

 Seasonal  and peak populations indicate differential  rates of growth in
 permanent, seasonal,  and peak populations.   The peak day population
 is estimated to have  been 93,000 and the seasonal population 38,000
 (Table VI - 8).

 In August of 1960 Washoe County, Nevada, adopted a master plan for
 Incline Village, a  Boise Cascade major planned development.   This
approval  in effect  permitted a potential population increase of 30,000
residents in the region.  It is significant to note that prior to  this
time, the scale of development was essentially controlled by the
septic tank limitations of soils and  geology.  With the availability
                        128

-------
of sewerage treatment facilities this limitation was  effectively re-
moved and land developers could take advantage of economies  of scale,
thus increasing the size and intensity of development.

1965 - 1969

Housing and population data do not exist for 1965, thus subdivision
approvals, building permits and commercial  activity are the  only
available indicators of the evolution of the land use pattern.  Sub-
division activity during the period 1960-65 dropped significantly as
6500 lots were approved compared to 8500 during the previous five-year
period.  Of the lots approved, nearly one-half (3100) were in El
Dorado County, and approximately one-third (2000) approved for the
Boise Cascade Incline Village development in Washoe County (staff cal-
culations).

The density of land use was increasing in the emerging urban centers  in
the Basin.  In 1965 high-rise construction appeared and the first
incorporated city, South Lake Tahoe, was established  in the region.  A
study of urbanization of the Lake Tahoe Basin indicates that fifteen
separate commercial centers can be identified in the  region.  These
centers are concentrated along the perimeter highways, and during this
period each increased in the number and type of services provided
(Symonds, 1970).

1970 - 1972

The permanent population doubled between 1960 and 1970.  The U.S.
Census counts record a resident population of 25,000  in 1970.  Esti-
mates of seasonal and peak populations again vary dramatically but
appear to average at 67,000 and 155,000 respectively  (Table VI - 8).

A large increase in both subdivided lots and condominiums marks the
period 1965-1970 (See Tables VI - 3 and VI -5).  Over 13,000 resi-
dential lots were added to the Basin, plus building permits for over
3000 condominium and multiple family units.  The actual increase in
housing stock is difficult to determine due to reporting problems but
by 1970 a total of 21,000 housing units were counted  in the Tahoe Basin
(including both single family and multiple family units  (Table VI -
10)).

Commercial land uses also increased significantly between 1965-1970 as
high-rise casinos, hotels, major shopping centers and motels became
integral parts of the urban centers.

Wastewater Management — Policy. Planning and Construction

This section traces the major events in treatment system expansion and
seeks to highlight the sequence of policy decisions that shaped that
expansion.  (Unless otherwise noted, the information contained  in  this
                               129

-------
section was compiled from the LTAC newsletter and the Sewerage Dis-
trict offices.)

1950 - 1954

Wastewater treatment was confined to the use of septic tanks in the
early years of Tahoe Basin development.  The 1950's saw the beginning
of  centralized treatment.  In 1953, the Tahoe City Public Utility
District  (formed  in 1938 for the purpose of water service) obtained
a California  State loan to assist in the construction of a sewage col-
lection,  treatment, and disposal system.  This system was completed
and in operation  by 1954, serving approximately 160 acres of develop-
ment.  In 1949, the North Tahoe Public Utility District was formed,
although  eight years elapsed until treatment facilities were completed
in  1957.  At  the  South Shore, the South Tahoe Public Utility District
(STPUD) was formed in 1950, the design of collection and treatment
was completed in  1952, and operation commenced early in 1956.

In  1953,  the  Douglas County (Nevada) Sewer Improvement District No. 1
(DCSID) contracted with STPUD  to deliver the Nevada sewage to STPUD
for treatment and disposal.  This was done to avoid the high  cost of
constructing two  completely separate systems (Brown and Caldwell,
1959).

]955 - 1959

A California-Nevada Interstate Compact Commission was established in
1955 to determine water allocations in the California-Nevada Sierra
basins.   Two years later an "unofficial" Tahoe Basin population pro-
jection was developed by the California Department of Water Resources
(DWR) for the Interstate Compact Commission.  The publication, "Lake
Tahoe Population  and Water Use Survey," dated April  30, 1957 included
population projections from 1960-2010.  The projections have proven
to  be significantly larger than the actual rate of population growth in
the Tahoe Basin, and although the DWR publication was an in-house
document, it became the basis for calculating plant capacity for all
treatment plants designed between 1963 and 1967.

A Federal Water Pollution Control  Administration grant for treatment
plant construction was awarded to the NTPUD in 1957, marking the
beginning of direct federal involvement in wastewater management in
the Tahoe Basin.

A second population projection indicating extremely rapid growth rates
for the Tahoe Basin was developed by the Reno Field Office of the U.S.
Department of Commerce in 1959.   This projection was similar in magni-
tude to the 1957  (and 1959 update)  California DWR projections, indi-
cating 248,000 persons in 1970 and  313,000 by 1980.
                             130

-------
In 1959 a $250,000 FWPCA Grant was awarded to STPUD for assistance in
construction of a 2.5 MGD secondary treatment plant.   In addition, a
major report for STPUD prepared by the engineering firm of Brown and
Caldwell on Collection. Treatment and Disposal  of Sewage in the South
Tahoe Area, briefly discussed (but chose not to recommend) the alter-
native of pumping effluent out of the Tahoe watershed.

The alternative of disposing of treated sewage in the lake was also
briefly discussed but emphatically rejected for several reasons:  the
probable impact of permanent degradation of the lake through eutro-
phication; the possibility of raw sewage entering the lake during
treatment plant outages, and a resultant pollution of recreational
beaches; the hazard of setting an undesirable precedent; and the dis-
agreeable implications, at least in  an aesthetic sense, of the pres-
ence of sewage outfalls.  By rejecting both direct discharge into
the lake and export, as well as deep well injection, the only practi-
cable alternative left was that of land disposal through spray
irrigation (Brown and Caldwell, 1959).

1960 - 1964

In November of 1961, the Lake Tahoe Area Council, through a $125,000
grant from the Max C. Fleischmann Foundation of Nevada, employed
Engineering Science Inc., of Arcadia, California, to furnish engineer-
ing and scientific services for a Lake Tahoe sewage engineering study.
A  special blue ribbon board of wastewater management consultants was
also appointed to direct and supervise the study, "one of the most
comprehensive engineering studies of its kind ever  undertaken in
the United States." (LTAC, Vol. 3, no. 11, p. 1)

It is interesting to note that the announcement of the study followed
a  threatened"cease and desist" order in September, issued by the
Lahontan Regional Water Pollution Control Board against the STPUD.
This notice to issue a "cease and desist" order claimed 2 million
gallons of treated effluent had been released from the district's
holding ponds following the Labor Day holiday weekend.  Such a release
constituted a violation of the board's requirements prohibiting dis-
charge of sewage or sewage effluent into Lake Tahoe or its tributary
streams.  Sewage and land use had clearly become the major planning
issues at Lake Tahoe by 1961.

The sewage issue in the Lake Tahoe Basin accelerated in 1962.  Califor-
nia Governor Brown urged bi-state basin-wide coordination on wastewater
projects after Nevada approved construction of a community sewage  sys-
tem at Elk Point involving large-scale ground disposal of effluent
within a few thousand feet of the lakeshore.  The Governor's   concern
stemmed from consultant reports that ground disposal would not keep
sewage effluent from entering the lake.  A month earlier  the California-
Nevada  Interstate Compact Commission had agreed to the export  of
                           131

-------
 sewage wastewaters from the Basin if and when the two states succeeded
 in reaching agreement on the water compact (already under negotiation
 for more than five years).

 Water pollution problems had begun to mount during the winter months
 at the South Shore where large accumulations of frozen effluent at
 the treatment plant posed a threat in the event of a rapid thaw and
 runoff.  By May the threat had become fact.  The South Tahoe system
 was faced with a "cease and desist"  order as the melting  and runoff of
 frozen effluent, combined with unseasonally heavy sewage  loads, had
 resulted in seepage into Heavenly Creek  and the Upper Truckee River.
 Temporary measures eventually averted major discharge into the lake.
 Public concern had not however reached a  point of action;  local  pro-
 perty owners defeated two sewage  facility bond issues in  1962, one for
 plant expansion, the other for acquisition of additional  lands for
 facilities.  At the North Shore,  the Nevada Bureau of Environmental
 Health approved a  1,000,000 GPD ground disposal  site for  Incline Village,
 thus further expanding the sewage disposal  controversy.

 The intensive wastewater study commissioned by LTAC in 1961,  destined  to
 influence both the immediate and  future  land use pattern,  was  presented
 publicly in June of 1963.   The report, titled,  Comprehensive  Study on
 Protection  of Water Resources  of  Lake Tahoe Basin  Through  Controlled
 Waste Disposal,  concluded  that the tertiary treatment of sewage wastes
 to  "drinking  water"  standards  and  the final  disposal  of the  highly re-
 fined effluent to  the  Truckee  River  Basin  would  provide the most feasible
 method of resolving  the  Lake Tahoe sewage  problem  and give positive pro-
 tection against  pollution  of  lake waters.

 September of  1963  was  marked by a visit from  the  Presidentially appointed
 Water Pollution  Control  Advisory  Board who  consulted  with  other federal,
 state and local  officials  on the  Basin's sewage  disposal problems  and
 pollution prevention programs. . Federal involvement  in Basin sewage
 problems  had  grown  slowly  during  the  early  60's, and  this  1963 meeting
 may well  have  served notice of an expanding  federal  role.

 The  following year was marked with a  burst  of activity in  four  of  the
 special districts  involved  in  the provision of sewage  facilities.  South
 Tahoe,  Tahoe City, North Tahoe, and Douglas County, SID #1 were all in-
 volved  in studies for  annexations or  expanded treatment plants as  the
 pace  of wastewater management programs accelerated.  A grant from  the
 Fleischmann Foundation to  Placer County provided for  funds to study
 export  from the North  Shore, while STPUD commenced work on a tertiary
 treatment plant.

 In a major pronouncement in that same year, the Governors of California
and Nevada issued a Joint Program for Progress at Lake Tahoe which
adopted as a goal the export of wastes recommended by the 1963 Compre-
hensive Study.
                                  132

-------
1965 - 1969

The growing number and complexity of sewage disposal issues makes a
comprehensive description of events difficult at best.  For example,
in 1965 South Tahoe PUD activities included:  receipt of 
-------
 water quality criteria and a plan of implementation for the whole state,
 including strict criteria for the Tahoe Basin.   With FWPCA approval  in
 1968 the California and Nevada policies and criteria became State and
 Federal  water quality standards.

 By 1967  the direct federal investment in Lake Tahoe sewage facilities
 had grown to $2,300,000 including $770,000 in 1967 alone.   In  addition
 to construction grants, a $427,000 federal  grant was awarded to  the
 University of California at Davis to study the  basic limnology of the
 lake and measure biotic productivity.

 In 1968  an additional  $6,500,000  in federal  grants was  committed for a
 variety  of sewage projects in the Basin.   That  same year,  the  California
 Legislature adopted a  1970 deadline for sewage  export (in  1969,  however,
 the deadline was extended to 1972).  STPUD,  having planned for export
 earlier, began operation of its sewage  export system in 1968,  ushering
 in the present chapter in the management  of  wastewater  at  Lake Tahoe.
 In 1969  an additional  $2,350,000  in federal  grants was  awarded to
 local  districts,  bringing the total  federal  commitment to over
 $11,000,000 in slightly over 10 years.

 1970 - 1972

 The Environmental  Protection Agency was formed  in  1970,  incorporating
 the functions  of the FWQA in the  development  and administration  of
 federal  water  quality  programs.   The growing  federal  involvement  in
 wastewater management  at Lake Tahoe became the  responsibility  of  the
 EPA who  in 1970  approved over $950,000  in Tahoe  Basin grants.  One
 grant  was  awarded  to the NTPUD for  a pump station,  the  other to  Incline
 Village  GID to expand  treatment facilities to 3 MGD  of  secondary  treat-
 ment.  In  addition  to  the EPA grants, North Tahoe  and Tahoe City  PUD
 completed  construction  and commenced operation of  jointly  financed ex-
 port to  the cinder  cone disposal  site,  and Incline Village GID ex-
 panded its treatment facility and began exporting  secondary treated
 effluent over  Spooner  Summit to the Carson River.   In April of 1970
 the Nevada Bureau of Environmental  Health placed a ban  on  use of
 septic tanks in  Douglas  and  Washoe  Counties in order to  implement the
 established export  policy.

 The EPA  granted  $1,300,000 in  1971  to Tahoe City PUD and to the Tahoe-
 Douglas  District for extensions of and additions to facilities.    In
 addition to grant activities, the EPA as well as the LRWQCB were
 active in  enforcement of water quality violations.  The Lahontan Board
 also adopted an  Interim  Basin Plan  to establish a framework for the
 water  quality control effort  in the Basin, and to meet the federal
 requirements for continued federal  grant assistance.

 In Nevada Governor O'Callaghan placed a ban on septic tanks on  Nevada
Basin land unless they were  used in conjunction with holding tanks, and
he ordered all  effluent exported by December 31, 1972.
                             134

-------
 Land Use Plans and Policies — the Shift from Local  to Regional  Control

 Until the establishment of the TRPA in December 1969, all  governmental
 land use decisions-planning and regulation—were a  function of
 local governments.  The growing land use issue focused directly  on
 the ability of local  governments to regulate private land  uses consis-
 tent with conserving  the great scenic values of the  region acknowledged
 to be of national importance.  This brief chronicle  highlights the
 emergence of regional  land use planning and regulation in  the Tahoe
 Basin.

 Growing concern over  the lack of coordinated Basin-wide planning re-
 sulted in the formation in 1958 of parallel planning commissions in
 each state;  the Tri-County Planning Commission in Nevada,  and the Bi-
 County Planning Commission in California.  These commissions lacked any
 formal powers and therefore served in advisory capacities  only.   However,
 in meeting together as a "regional planning commission," the need for
 coordinated  regional  level planning was explicitly acknowledged.

 The two separate state planning commissions formally became the  Tahoe
 Regional  Planning Commission in 1960.  However,  lacking funds, staff,
 and formal  powers and  authority,  the body remained merely  an advisory
 body to the  counties,  although the planning directors of the various
 jurisdictions served on a  Technical  Advisory Committee to  the Commission.
 in February  of the following year Wilsey, Ham and Blair, a  Millbrae,
 Lalitorma planning firm,  were selected to prepare a regional master
 plan (funded by a grant from the  Fleischmann Foundation).   The study,
 which would  require 18-24  months  to  complete,  was to include public
 services,  an economic  base study  covering business,  industry, finance
 and employment,  population projections  and distribution,water supply,
 sanitation,  watershed  protection,  transportation,  land  values, educa-
 tion,  and  recreation.

 Preliminary  reports by  Wilsey,  Ham and  Blair for  their  1980  Plan
 studies  indicated a pressing  need  for public facility land~~uses~at
 Lake  Tahoe in  contrast  to  the  current (1962)  oversupply of  residential
 lots  which existed in the  Basin.   It  is  significant  to  note  that  the
 excess  sites  could accommodate  a  potential  population of 78,000 persons.
 In addition,  the  projected  population prepared by  the consultants indi-
 cated  a peak  summer population  of  418,000 by 1980, a  figure  considerably
 larger  than  either the  DWR  or U.S. Department of  Commerce projections.

 Hearings to  review the  regional plan were  held during the summer  of
 1963, and in October the Tahoe  Regional  Planning Commission  approved a
 final version of  the plan.  Plan document  recommendations included:  a
 system of scenic  easements; establishment  of single family residential
 density controls  of 3.5 units/acre in order  to preserve vegetation and
 ecological cover  vital   to the character of the lake;  establishment of
 apartment densities of  less than 15 families per acre, except in  urban
 centers; establishment of very high standards for subdivision and develop-
ment on steep hillsides; and map zoning districts to reflect precise
                                135

-------
 plans  at the county level.   This  version  of the  plan  also  indicated a
 significant reduction  in  the 1980 peak population—from  418,000  to
 313,000 persons.

 In July 1964 the  regional  plan was formally adopted by the TRPC.  The
 significant decisions  of  the year, however,  appear to be those leading
 toward a Basin-wide export  of sewage.  An  additional decision of  major
 proportion  was  a  request  by the TRPC for  a  Joint Study Committee, ap-
 pointed by  the  state governments  of California and Nevada, to study
 the feasibility of  some form of regional  government for  the Tahoe Basin.
 California  and  Nevada  lawmakers agreed in February of 1965 to conduct
 the bi-state study  of  regional  government and appointed  a  nine-member
 committee to present their  findings and recommendations  by the end of
 a  two-year  period.

 The Joint Study Committee Report  was completed in 1967,  recommending a
 Bi-State Regional Agency with  extensive powers to strengthen rather than
 replace existing  local governments.  The agency  would consist of a fif-
 teen-member board with equal  representation  from state and local govern-
 ments,  and  from local  and non-resident interests.  In addition,  a non-
 voting  member would  represent  federal  interests.  Following vigorous
 local  objections and heated  legislative debate the Califprnia legis-
 lature  passed a bill (one of four introduced) creating a California Tahoe
 Regional  Planning Agency. California Governor Reagan  signed the  bill;
 thus within the year California had created  its  half  of  the bi-state
 agency.   During the  same period Nevada Governor  Laxalt left no doubt
 about  his feelings.  In a personal  position  paper he  gave  complete and
 unqualified support  to a Tahoe  Regional Agency.  Governor  Laxalt also
 stated  he would call a special  Nevada  Legislative Session  in 1968 to
 specifically take up the question.

 Significant events of  1968  included both the signing  of  the California-
 Nevada  Interstate (Water) Compact (which has not been ratified by
 Congress) and the signing into  law of  the Nevada Tahoe Regional  Planning
 Agency.   Both these  decisions were the results of lengthy  and exhaus-
 tive discussion, the water compact involving some 13 years of negotiation.

 The following December after at least  a decade of concern over the quality
 of land  use planning and controls  in the Tahoe Basin, President  Nixon
 signed  the  Bi-State  Planning Compact into law.   The compact created the
 Tahoe Regional  Planning Agency  (TRPA), granting  extensive regulatory
 powers  to the eleven-member governing  body.  (Section VII of this report
 discusses the influence of the TRPA on land use, wastewater manage-
 ment, and environmental quality during the period 1969-1972.)

 Exogenous and Endogenous Influences

 The  urbanizing  of the Lake Tahoe  Basin between 1950 and  1973 has been
 greatly influenced by factors outside  the realm  of land use and waste-
water planning and development.
                               136

-------
Population Growth

Population growth rates in California ranged from 2.7% in 1951  to 4.5%
by 1957.  The average increase for the 1950-1960 period was 4.0%.  How-
ever, the rate of increase declined dramatically during the following
ten-year period.  The 1969 rate of increase was 1.5%,  and the decade
average was 2.7% per year (California Department of Finance 1969).
Of particular relevance to the Tahoe housing market is the growth of
families with incomes greater than$10,000 in the primary market area.
This figure, 293,000 in 1960 grew to 598,000 by 1972—an increase of
102% (see Supplementary Appendix).

Gaming

In 1955 gaming casinos were established on a year-round basis at the
Nevada state line, and the Tahoe Basin began to attract a growing
visitor population based on the gaming and entertainment business.
Although the direct spatial impact of this new land use was consider-
ably limited, the indirect impacts on local traffic, housing and em-
ployment have grown to major proportions.

The increase in gaming in the Tahoe Basin can be best understood by
observing the growth of gaming revenues in Douglas County.  In 1956
five million dollars were generated in gaming revenues.  By 1972 this
had grown to 83 million, an incredible increase of 1500% over the
seventeen-year period (Table VI - 11).

Skiing

The 1960 Winter Olympic games were held in nearby Squaw Valley, sti-
mulating the development of winter sports in the Tahoe Region and
providing international publicity.  In 1960 an estimated 140,000
skier days were recorded for the North Shore area.  This had grown to
700,000 by 1970, an increase of 400% in ten years.  A similar but not
as dramatic growth was experienced at the South Shore where skier days
grew from 110,000 to 300,000 over the same time period (ERA 1971).

Outdoor Recreation

Outdoor recreation figures for the Tahoe Basin are not available for the
1950's; however, the U.S. Forest Service estimates an average annual
growth rate of 2.25% in total forest land recreation (Smith, April
1973).

Access

Increases in the number of vehicles entering the region serve to in-
dicate the nature of exogenous influence on the area.   Traffic on
                            137

-------
Highway 50 in El Dorado County has increased from an average daily
count of 5000 in 1950 to 25,000 in 1972, a fourfold increase.  Similar-
ly traffic from the Basin to Carson City has increased from 900 per
day to 6000 per day, over 500% increase.  Only Highway 89 which pro-
vides access from Interstate 80 has failed to show a significant in-
crease with only a 65% increase over the 22-year period.  (California
Department of Public Works, 1938-1972; Nevada Division of Highways,
personal communication.)
                              138

-------
                         APPENDIX  B

               STATUTORY  AND  REGULATORY CONTEXT


 Since wastewater management  and land use are  interrelated, an under-
 standing  of the legal  framework which guides  these activities is
 necessary.

 In  both California  and Nevada, jurisdiction over land use is vested
 in  five levels of government:  1) the state,  2) the region, 3) counties,
 4}  cities,  and 5) special  districts.  Of these five entities, cities,
 counties, and  later the  region, have been given primary legal juris-
 diction for direct  control of land  use.  The  control exercised by
 the state and  special  districts, while important, has been largely
 indirect.

 State Planning

 Under the tenth amendment  to the U.S. Constitution, all powers not
 specifically delegated to  the Federal Government were reserved to
 the states.  Control over  land use  was not one of the specifically
 enumerated  federal  powers  and is therefore a  matter of state responsi-
 bility.   Both  California and Nevada have state planning laws.  (See,
 for example, California  Government  Code Title 7.)  In both states,
 however,  planning at the state level is largely limited to the location
 of  major  public facilities,  such as state prisons, hospitals, highways,
 etc.

 Primary authority over land  use planning and  control has been delegated
 to  regional  or local agencies. The  source of  this authority is the
 residual sovereignty of  the  state which permits government to regulate
 all  human conduct within the jurisdiction of  the state.  This policing
 power has been delegated to  subordinate levels of government by state
 constitutional provisions  and by legislative  enactment. The state of
 California and Nevada  have so thoroughly divested themselves of their
 power over land use  that very little of that  power remains. The role
 of  the state in land use planning is now largely limited to controlling
 the content and procedure of local and regional  planning.

 Regional  Planning

 California has long recognized the need for land use planning on a
 regional  scale. The State Legislature has not, however,  been willing
 to  impose a workable system of regional  planning.   For this reason
 regional  planning in California has been very weak.   (See Marks and
Taber, "Prospects for Regional  Planning in California,"  Pacific Law
Journal,  p.  117.)   While regional  planning statutes  do exist in
California (Regional Planning Law, California Government Code section
                               139

-------
65060 and District Planning Law, California Government Code section
66100), they are weak and seldom if ever used.  With few exceptions
all of the regional planning in California is conducted pursuant to
the so-called Joint Powers Act (California Government Code section
6500).  Most of the voluntary associations of governments formed under
this statute have been organized for the purpose of receiving financial
support for their planning activities under various federal programs.
(Vestal, "Government Fragmentation in Urban Areas," 43 University of
Colorado Law Review, p. 155.)  Of these federal  programs, those
contained in Section 701 of the Housing Act of 1954 (40 U.S.C. sec. 461,
1970) and in CirculaFJ-gS. are probably the most potent.  (See
"Bureau of the Budget,11 Evaluation, Review and Coordination of Federal
Assistance Programs and Projects, Attachment A-2, Circular No. A-95.
July 24, 1969.)

The status of regional planning in Nevada has been similar to that of
California.  The difference seems to be that Nevada's legislators have
been less willing than their colleagues in California to erect a
statutory facade where no genuine commitment to regional planning exists.
As a result Nevada has fewer unused planning statutes than California.

Clearly the most significant move toward regional planning in the Tahoe
Basin was marked by the creation of the bi-state Tahoe Regional Plan-
ning Agency.  This agency draws its authority from a bi-state compact
adopted by California (California Government Code sec. 66800), Nevada
(N.R.S. sec. 277,200), and subsequently ratified by Congress (83
STAT. 360, 1969).

In the course of developing this bi-state agency irreconcilable differ-
ences emerged between California and Nevada concerning the scope of
planning power given to the agency.  To overcome this political impass
California created the California Tahoe Regional Planning Agency
(California Government Code Title 7.5).  The California agency was
given powers not given to the bi-state agency.  These powers, such as
agency review of state initiated public works projects (California
Government Code sections 67102 and 67103), may only be exercised in
California.  The California agency, however, serves as the California
delegation to the bi-state agency.  The meetings of the two agencies
are held concurrently although the jurisdiction of the California
delegation is somewhat broader than that of the bi-state agency.

The powers of the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency (TRPA) are broad
(Tahoe Regional Planning Compact Article VI).  They Include the power
to "adopt all necessary ordinances, rules, regulations and policies"
necessary to carry out a regional land use plan.  Among the most
significant pieces of legislation thus far adopted by the TRPA is the
Land Use Ordinance.  The innovative regulatory approach embodied in
this ordinance bases permitted land use on the ecological constraints
of the land being regulated.  The ordinance also contains a permit
                              140

-------
procedure which requires an applicant to submit a Land Capability
Report before any administrative variance may be granted (TRPA Land Use
Ordinance, February 10, 1972 Section 4.00).

Local Planning

Until the advent of the Tahoe Regional Planning Agency in 1969, all
land use planning in the Tahoe Basin was undertaken by counties and
cities.  In California this power stems from three legal sources.  The
first is a general constitutional grant of power which provides that
any city or county "may make and enforce ... all such local, police,
sanitary and other regulations as are not in conflict with general
laws" (California Constitution, Article XI, sec. 11).  The second is
the so-called "home rule" section which applies to chartered cities
and gives them exclusive legislative authority "in respect to municipal
affairs" (California Constitution, Article XI, sections 6 and 8).  The
third is the Planning and Zoning Act (California Government Code sec.
65100-907).  The constitution and statues of Nevada contain similar
delegations of power to local government.  There is serious question
whether any coherent pattern of land use control can be achieved within
the legal structure in which planning has traditionally been conducted
(See Bowden, "Opening the Door to Open Space Control",'  Pacific Law
Journal, P. 461; especially the sections on the evolution of zoning,
p. 466 and zoning administration, p. 500).

Control of subdivision approvals is probably the most important local
land use control mechanism.  In California there are two statutes
governing land subdivision:  the Subdivision Map Act (California Business
and Professions Code, sec. 11500 et. seq.).

The purpose of the Map Act is to provide a uniform means of reviewing
and approving subdivision proposals submitted by landowners to cities
and counties.  It requires each city and county to adopt an ordinance
outlining the procedures to be followed in reviewing and approving
a proposed subdivision.  These local ordinances must be consistent with
the procedural requirements of the state statute.  Under the Map Act
a subdivision is defined as the division of one parcel of land into
five or more parts.   Before such a division may be permitted, the
subdivider must secure city or county approval of a map designating
new boundary lines,  streets, etc.  The statute does not guide local
government in setting policy with respect to the kind, amount, or
location of permitted subdivisions.  The relationship between general
planning and subdivision, therefore, is a political rather than a legal
question.

In 1971, however, the law was amended to require, for the first time,
that subdivision approval be consistent with an adopted general plan
(California Business  and Professions Code section 11526 (c)).  This
requirement was strengthened in 1973 by an amendment which prohibits
                                 141

-------
 a city or county from amending its general  plan  more  than  three  times
 in one year (S.  B.  594,  California Statutes 1973,  Chapter  120).

 The second major statute governing subdivision in  California  is  the
 Subdivided Lands Act enacted  in 1933.   Unlike the  Subdivision Map Act,
 this statute is  administered  at the state  level.   It  grants the  State
 Real Estate Commissioner wide powers over  tbe marketing  of subdivided
 land.   The most  important of  these powers  is that  requiring the
 Commissioner to  issue a  financial  report on any  subdivision before lots
 may be offered for  sale  to the public.   The law applies to any  sub-
 division, whether in California or in another state,  which is -marketed
 in California.   The purpose of this law is  to protect purchasers from
 the most common  form of  fraudulent land sale.

 In recent years,  several  important amendments have been made  to  the
 Subdivided Lands  Act.  In 1971,  for example, Article  2.5,  dealing
 with "land project"  provisions  were designed to  separate major
 subdivisions, such  as  those commonly undertaken  in second  home or
 recreational developments,  from other forms of subdivision.  A key
 provision prohibits  the  Commissioner from issuing  a public report on a
 land project unless  he makes  a  specific finding  that  the land project,
 if carried out, would  be  consistent with existing  or  proposed zoning
 for the area  (California  Business  and Professions  Code, sec.  11025(5)).

 Nevada  subdivision  law is  quite unlike  that found  in  California,   First,
 Nevada  does not police the  sale of subdivided land.   The only limit on
 the resale of subdivided  land  is the requirement that the  vendor first
 secure  approval of  a final  subdivision  map.  And while Nevada does have
 a statute similar to the  Subdivision Map Act, its  provisions are
 far less  rigorous than those of the California statute.  The Bureau of
 Environmental Health does  review all new subdivision  proposals in
 the Tahoe Basin to  insure water supplies are not contaminated and
 Water  Pollution Regulations are  not violated (Nevada  State Division
 of Health,  1958 Reg. #8).

 As  in California, the Nevada  law defines a subdivision as  the division
 of one  parcel into  five or more  parts.  The law then  carves out five
 exceptions which  seem to  swallow the rule.  Any division of land which
 would otherwise qualify as a subdivision is expressly excluded from
 the map approval   procedures if  it:   1)  is less than five acres,
 2)  abuts  an existing street, 3) does not require street widening,
 4)  has  secured approval of  the  lot  design by local  government, or
 5)  is larger than ten acres but divided for agricultural purposes
 (Nevada Revised Statutes 278.320).
Special districts

Special districts, like cities and counties, are governmental agencies
which draw their authority from state law.  As the name implies, the
                                142

-------
  power of special districts is limited.  Unlike cities and counties
  they are not general purpose local governments.  This means  for
  example, that they may not enact such things as zoning or subdivision
  ordinances.  They may, however, condemn land for some purposes  ente?
 Since 1963 the formation of special districts in California has  been
 5,UA^Ct ^ the approval of the Local Agency Formation Commission
 • «r  }! iCallfornia Government Code sec.  54773, et.  seq.).  Under  the
 LAFCo statute each county possesses its own commission,  comprised of
 representatives from the county board of supervisors, city councils
 in the county, and a representative from the general  public.   The
 central  task of LAFCo is to limit the number of new districts formed
 and to encourage districts to expand into  contiguous  areas rather than
 leave pockets of skipped-over territory.   Under the statute no district
 may be formed or enlarged without LAFCo approval.   The LAFCo  has
 similar  powers with respect to city annexations.
 Jlnh! l5*e-J950'.  ^/arly 60's  many  districts were  formed  by  second
 home subdivides  in order to provide  urban  services without investing
 large sums of personal  capital  (Wood  and  Heller 1963).  Often these
 districts were formed  by the subdivider and his employees.  District
 services were financed  by general  obligation bonds secured only  by
 the land in the subdivision.  No permission was needed to form the
 district and little supervision of its  activities was exercised.

 After the passage of the LAFCo statute  in 1963, subdivides were less
 free to  use the district law in promoting a subdivision.  There  is some
 doubt, however, whether the  statutory change has caused a significant
 change in the subdivider's promotion technique.  Under current practice,
 instead  of forming  a new district,  the  subdivider asks an existing
 district to annex his land as an "improvement zone."  An improvement
 zone has nearly all  of  the legal powers of a district.  It may,  for
 example,  sell  general obligation bonds which are secured— not by the
 land in  the original district-by  the land  in the subdivider's improve-
 ment district.

 Since an  established district may annex an improvement district  without
 incurring  any  additional debt liability, there is little to deter it
 from complying with  the subdivider's proposal.   And when the improve-
 ment district  sells  its bonds, they are sold under the name of the parent
 district    Since the parent  district has  already established  a  credit
 rating the  subdivider's task of selling these bonds is eased.

 The only check on  this  procedure is the county  LAFCo.   The Local
Agency Formation Commission Act,  however,  does  not ask the LAFCo" to
 consider the land  use implications  of a decision  to permit an
annexation to a district.  The only requirement in the law is  that such
                              143

-------
 an  annexation  be  "logical"  and  "orderly."  Most  LAFCO's have  interpreted
 this  to  mean that an  annexation to  an  existing district is  preferable
 to  the creation of a  new district.   The  law  does not  give LAFCo  the
 responsibility to achieve intergovernmental  coordination of local
 planning and district services.

 The central weakness  of the law,  therefore,  is its  failure  to deal
 with  the fact  that the decisions  made  by a LAFCo have clear land use
 implications.  Thus the law fails to integrate LAFCo  into the overall
 planning process.

 The statute is defective in another sense.   It fails  to guarantee
 adequate staffing for each  county LAFCo.  While  each  LAFCo  is an arm
 of  state government,  it is  wholly reliant upon county staff.  In rural
 counties such  as  El Dorado  and  Placer  the LAFCo  may have no staff.
 Clearly  a review  body such  as LAFCo can  have  little regulatory effect
 if  it must perform under such a serious  disability.

 In  Nevada the  power to  form special  district  resides  in the county
 (N.R.S.  Ch. 318.).  Once created  by the  County Board  of Commissioners,
 however,  the district's  governing Board  of Trustees is free of any
 external  regulation.   It may annex  any land  it deems  desirable and is
 not compelled  to  recognize  the  planning  or other policies of cities
 or  counties.

 This  freedom,  however,  is no longer accorded  to  Nevada's cities.  In
 1967  the  Nevada Legislature created a City Annexation Commission (CAC)
 in  each  county with a  population  of between 100,000 and 200,000
 (N.R.S.  268.626.).  In  some ways  the CAC is similar to California's
 LAFCo.   Each was  created by state law; each functions at the county
 level; each was designed to achieve similar results;  and each is
 composed  of a  similar membership.   The central difference between LAFCo
 and the  CAC is that the  Nevada agency lacks jurisdiction over special
 districts.

 This  defect in the  CAC  has  been partially ameliorated by Nevada's
 public utility law.   In  1971 the  Nevada  Legislature enacted the
 Utility  Environmental  Protection  Act (NRS 704.820   to 704.900).  In
 adopting  this  new statute the Legislature declared  that "it is
 essential  ... to  minimize any adverse  effect upon the environment .  . ,
 which new (utility) facilities might cause .  . .  Existing provisions
 of  law may not provide adequate opportunity for  individuals, groups
 interested in  conservation  and the  protection of the  environment, state
 and regional  agencies, local governments and  other  public bodies to
 participate in ... proceedings  before  the public  service  commission
 of  Nevada regarding the  location  and construction of major  facilities."
 (NRS 704.825.)

The statute,  however, did far more  than merely provide a forum for
those  interested  in ventilating their concerns.   It began by defining
                              144

-------
 the word "utility" in broad terms.   Included in the word "utility"
 are "sewer transmission and treatment facilities"  (NRS 704 860)   The
 statute also provides that "no public utility shall after July 1  1971
 commence  to construct a utility facility .  . . without first having   '
 obtained a permit therefore from the (Nevada Public Service)Commission"
 (NRS 704.865).

 Before the Public Service Commission can grant a permit the applicant
 must submit a statement of "any studies  which have  been made of the
 environmental impact of the facility" and a  statement  of need and a
 description of the available alternatives (NRS 704.870).  This language
 is not altogether clear.  The section does stop short  of requiring
 an environmental  impact statement.   It implies, however,  that environ-
 mental  impacts should at least be considered in the application.

 These applications are then reviewed by  the  governor's environmental
 council  and other interested parties.   Following this review a hearing
 is held  on the application.   Parties to  the  permit  proceeding include,
 among others,  any domestic non-profit corporation  or  association formed
 ... to promote  conservation ...  to protect the  environment ...  to
 preserve historical  sites,  to promote consumer interests,  to represent
 commercial  and industrial  groups, or to  promote the orderly development
 of the areas in which the  facility  is to be  located."   Also a party is
 the governor s environmental  council  which is composed of  virtually
 ?Mncy™!fa™r?fficial  Cla1min9 any interest in environmental  quality
 (NRS 704.885).

 No permit may be  granted until  the commission has determined,  among other
 things,  the need  for  the facility, the probable  environmental  impact
 resulting from it, and  "that  the facility  represents the minimum adverse
 environmental  impact, considering the state  of  available technology and
 the nature  and  economics of  the various  alternatives,  and other pertinent
 considerations" (NRS  704.890).                                  pertinent

 The last  quoted section  could easily  be  read  to  emasculate  the statute.
 The language  "considering  .  .  . other pertinent  considerations" seems
 unnecessarily  broad.  The new sophistication  implicit  in this  recognition,
 as  recent as  it is, should give environmental planners  a scintilla of
 hope.

 Bond Law

 The most complex area of law in the field of  local  government  is probably
 that which  regulates the sale of bonds.  California and Nevada have
 elaborate statutory provisions governing the sale,  security and repayment
 of capital bonds.   The importance of these statutes should not be mini-
mized because the form of district capitalization plays a direct part
 in regulating the spiral of self-perpetuated  urban  growth.
                                145

-------
A bond is nothing more than a promise to pay a specified debt at a fixed
time.  In California local agencies may use one of three means to gener-
ate the capital needed to finance district services.  These are:
general obligation bonds secured by the agency's taxing authority;
revenue bonds secured by the income generated by the facility built with
bond capital; and assessment bonds secured by either the individual
parcels of land benefiting from the service facility or by a redemption
fund backed by the aggregate of the land parcels benefiting from the
service provided by the new facility.

General obligation bonds require a popular vote because they may be
repaid through a special tax-rate levy.  In case of default the bond
holder may compel  the aaency to levy  taxes  necessary to retire  the  debt.

Revenue bonds are less secure than general obligation bonds because
they may only be retired from the income generated by the facility which
serves as security for the debt.  If this revenue is insufficient to
repay the debt, the bond holder's remedy is to foreclose on the sewage
plant or other district facility.  To resolve the difficulty of repaying
revenue bonds in the initial years of operation, California law permits
the district to levy a "stand by" charge against any parcel of land to
which the district's service has been made available whether it is
actually used or not.  It is possible for these stand-by charges to be
levied against land which is not legally developable under local zoning.
Large areas of the Tahoe Basin which were formerly zoned for residential
purposes but which are now zoned "general forest" are subject to sewer
stand-by charges despite the fact that the service may not legally be
used.  This creates pressure for changes in zoning which would permit
development.  (Interview, Mr. William Layton, Tahoe City P.U.D.
director, June 1973.)

Assessment bonds are common in California's second home communities be-
cause they permit the developer to shift the burden of repayment to the
subsequent buyers of the subdivided land.  There are three major stat-
utes governing assessment bonds:  1) the 1911 Act, 2) the 1913 Act, and
3) the 1915 Act.  These statutes can best be described as labyrinthine.
The land-use consequences of this legal complexity has been summarized
by a veteran professional in these words:  "Cow county supervisors are
bamboozled by flat-land bond attorneys who come before them with
second home development schemes wrapped in the secret jargon of the
bond law priesthood. Because politicians are reluctant to admit their
basic ignorance of bond law, these fast-talking lawyers are never
questioned very hard about the financial side of their projects."
(Interview, Tom Willoughby, Consultant to the California Legislature's
Committee on Local Government, July 24, 1973).

Nevada bond law is also complex, but like most aspects of Nevada law
it is much less so than its California counterpart.  Two statues re-
gulate the sale and repayment of bonds (Local Government Securities
                                 146

-------
Law, NRS 350.500-720 and the General Improvement District Law, NRS
Chapter oloj.


Districts may issue the following securities:  short-term notes-
warrants and interim debentures; general obligation bonds; revenue
bonds; and special assessment bonds (NRS 318.275).

There are two kinds of general obligation bonds.  One is secured by the
property tax; the other carries the additional security of a "pledqe
of and lien on net revenues."  (NRS 318.325).  Both forms of general
obligation bond require voter approval  (NRS 318-290).

Revenue bonds are secured by "a pledge of and lien on" the net revenue
cUnL n  u-k-*and -° not rec?u1re a Popular vote (NRS 318.320).   The
statute prohibits using the proceeds of any district property tax as
security for revenue bonds (NRS 318.325).
fnrthphnnK.Tu       ^ thfi 10tS ™* P9rCels °f
HpnncKJ Jni.«   ' -  ^6 ""ssments levied against these parcels is
deposited into a sinking fund.  The district must levy a special pro
                                  147

-------
                              APPENDIX  C

                        POPULATION  PROJECTIONS

 In  a  recreational-based economy such as that at  Lake Tahoe,  it  is
 extremely difficult to make  an  accurate count  of existing  population
 and even  more  difficult to predict future  levels due to fluctuating
 seasonal  recreation uses (Environmental  Sciences,  Inc., 1963, p 27).
 Since utility  district must  cope with  peak demand  periods, it is essential
 that  peak populations  be both accurately measured  and carefully projected
 to  provide data  to  guide wastewater districts  in determining future
 infrastructure needs.

 In  urban  areas,  population data  compiled by the  U.S. Census  Bureau at 10
 year  intervals provides  adequate information on  existing population
 levels.   Census  data has  not been  disaggregated  for the Tahoe Basin.
 Permanent residents are  counted  relatively accurately by census methods
 but seasonal residents,  short-term visitors, and day users who together
 make  up the largest segment  of  peak population levels, are not.  A
 memorandum report issued  in  late 1971  by the California Department of
 Water Resources  reported,

      There is  no accurate up-to-date information on visitation
      in the Lake Tahoe  Basin.  Actual  counts of  the number of
      people present at  one time  throughout the year have not
      been made since the  1948 investigation by the State Engineers
      of California and Nevada.   Therefore, figures for subsequent
      historical  peak season  population  and annual  visitor-days
      are  estimates of unknown accuracy.  (Turner 1971, no paging)

 Due to this lack of accurate historical data describing the growth of
 various sectors  of  the  population,  planners and  consultants were forced
 to  use other means  to formulate  long-term  population projections.

 A discussion of  the most  important population projections made for the
 Basin follows, including  the methods used  by consulting engineers to
 determine wastewater system  sizing  and  phasing.   It is important to note
 that  these projections were  used during the period of time that the
 largest expenditures of  public and  private funds for wastewater facility
 construction and expansion were made.

 In  a  1968 study  for Incline  Village GID, the consultants stated, "The
 saturation  population for the District, based on the '1963 Report,1 will
 be  about  48,000" (Clair Hill   1968,  p C-2).  "Based on a projected peak
 population  of  48,000 and 100  gallons per day per capita, ultimately sewage
 flows from  the District should reach at least 4.8 million gallons on
maximum days"  (Clair Hill 1968,  p  E-l).  After noting that other areas
adjacent  to the district  "may wish to avail themselves of sewerage
                                148

-------
 service through the Incline system"  (Clair Hill  1968,  p E-l),  the consul-
 tants concluded, "A maximum daily flow of 4.8 to 5.5 million  gallons
 therefore appears to be reasonable for long-range planning"  (Clair Hill
 1968, p E-2).   Their recommendation  was that the treatment plant  and
 export system  "provide for  total  flows of 3.0 mgd and  be readily  expand-
 able to capacities of 5.5 mgd)  (Clair  Hill  1968,p £-2).   The  population
 projection for Incline Village  made  in the  comprehensive study by
 Environmental  Science, Inc.  (ESI  1963),  had  a  great  influence on  waste-
 water management planning in that district.

 In  1959,  STPUD contracted with  the consulting  firm of  Brown and Caldwell
 to  conduct a study of future population,  land  use and  facility require-
 ments for the  STPUD "ultimate service  area."   The report states,  "Because
 the South Tahoe community is of relatively  recent origin and is currently
 developing at  an exceptionally  high  rate,  it  is extremely difficult to
 base population predictions on  any of  the so-called  normal methods"
 (Brown and Caldwell  1959, p 31).   They made  the attempt,  however.

 Since there were no local long-term  statistics on which  to base a  50
 year population projection, the consultants  found only four short-term
 local  indices  to predict a high rate of  population growth for the  next
 50  years.   These indicators were:

     Electrical  service customers  - 1947-57
     Postal  receipts  of four Basin  post offices -  1950-57
     School  enrollments  - 1947-57
     Vehicular  traffic  on Highway  50 -  1953-57

 The  report went  on  to  state:

     Taken  together, all of the  above listed factors  reflect a
     definite trend with respect to population development.
     They  indicate  that  the resident or permanent  population
     increased  slowly but steadily  during the first half  of the
     present decade.  They further  indicate that a greatly
     accelerated  rate of growth  began in 1955 and  that the
     presently  apparent  trend is likely to continue for a  good
    many years.   (Brown and Caldwell  1959, p 33)

 Since  1957 was  the  last year for which information was available,  the
 "presently apparent trend" had  lasted a total of  three years.  In
 addition to growth rate, a population  holding capacity or ultimate satura-
 tion  population  had to be determined by predicting land  use.

 rl Dorado  County was in the midst of formulating  their first Master
 .Ian for the South Tahoe area.   The utility consultants,  rather than
waiting for the county to complete its plan, proceeded to fabricate a
hypothetical land use plan on their own for the proposed  bi-state
service area.
                                 149

-------
 The report projects urban-type land uses for 97% of the developable
 land within the proposed ultimate district boundaries, including many
 hundreds of acres of US Forest Service lands  The Table C-l shows the
 figures used to calculate the predicted saturation population of the
 STPUD service area.

Land classification
High density residential
Medium density residential
Low density residential
Commercial
Public lands
Recreational
Unhabitable lands
Total
Area,
acres
5,340
10,450
9.480
1,410
360
470
2,330
29,840
High estimate
Unit .
density"
16
10
4
60
10
0
0

Total
85,000
104,000
38,000
85,000
4.000
.
-
316,000
Low estimate
Unit ,
density"
8
3
2
45
10
0
0

Total
43,000
31,000
19,000
63,000
4,000
-
-
160,000
Average esMnpU
Unit .
density
12
7
3
52
10
0
-

Total
64,000
73,000
29,000
73,000
4.000
-
-
243,000
                 Table C-l Predicted Saturation Population of Service Area

                       Source:  Brown and Caldwell 1959, p. 35.
A brief examination of  the  above  table indicates that the protection
of environmental quality was  of marginal  importance in assigning land
use categories to undeveloped lands.   There was no mention in the
study of  increased erosion  caused by  residential development of
steep lands, with the attendant deleterious effect on water quality of
the lake.  No mention was made of the decreased recreational suitability
of the area due to over-crowding, visual  degradation, loss of public
access and the almost complete loss of open space in close proximity to
the lake.  The composite of assumptions used by Brown and Caldwell to
formulate their land use plan seems to clash with a basic assumption of
the study—that the area would continue to  function on a predominately
recreational economy.   The  loss of these scenic amenities could well
have ended the spiral ing growth of the Basin before development reached
the level predicted by  this study.

This lack of concern for environmental  quality quality issues is also
evident in assumptions  and  criteria used  in the 1961  study by the Real
Estate Research Corp. for the Basinwide 1980 Regional Plan Program, and
the 1963 study by Engineering Sciences, Inc.for the Lake Tahoe Area
                                150

-------
Council.  The 1980 Plan study described three possible directions that
future development in the Basin could take.  The alternative selected
to form the basic foundation of the 1980 plan was described in the
plan as follows:

     Progression to a Developed, Urban Economy

 ... The values of the resident population whose primary concern
     is commercial development within the region are stressed.
     The scenic quality of the environment is regarded as a
     function of profit.  This alternative gives greater weight
     to economic growth rather than to aesthetic conservation."
     (Wilsey et al» 1963, p. 36).

An attitude where "the scenic quality of the environment is regarded as
a function of profit" definitely puts environmental  quality concerns
behind economic growth concerns.  This 1980  plan projecting 313,000
peak summer residents by 1980 was based on the assumption that any
activity necessary to encourage, accommodate or accelerate population
growth (highway and freeway construction to  improve  access; sewer, water
and power facility expansion to allow  increased housing densities;
land trades to allow private development of public lands administered
by the US Forest Service) would be done (Wilsey et al 1963, p. 15).

The 1963 study of ESI was the most influential Basinwide study.  The
study included the first estimated costs of sewage export.  The report
shows little concern for environmental resources, however.  The lack of
a sufficient water supply to support the ultimate projected populations
entered into calculations of the impact of exporting sewerage:

     Water use and hydrologic studies of the Truckee River
     Basin have led to the general conclusion that there is in-
     sufficient water to meet all probable future demands, hence
     the Basin is considered a water deficient area.  Based on a
     total Basin water allocation of 34,000 acre feet, a DWR
     estimate that 70% of total water consumed would be returned
     as sewage flow, and assumed export of all effluents from
     the Basin, it was calculated that in dry years  such as  1931
     and 1932, there would be no flow in the Truckee River at Tahoe
     City . . . (ESI 1963, Section VII)

This acknowledged limitation to population growth was ignored in formu-
lating and projecting future population growth in the study, however.

Figure C-l illustrates the most important projections of peak summer
population and ultimate saturation population made over.a 24-year.
period.  A clear trend is shown toward higher peak summer/ultimate
saturation populations until 1971, when the land capability-based TRPA
plan was adopted. The environmental constraint criteria used by TRPA
                               151

-------
POP xlOOO
                                                                                                            TRPA. PI nn
                  Figure C - I: CCHPARISON OF ULTIMATE/SATURATION POPULATION PROJECTIONS
                       1.   ZOO.OOO by 1998, Department of Hater Resources  in  "Joint Report
                            on the Use of Hater in the Lake Tahoe Watershed",  June, 1949.

                       Z,   449,700 at saturation, Department  of Mater  Resources in "Lake
                            Tahoe Population and Mater Use Survey", April,  1957.

                       3.   398,000 at saturation, Department  of Water  Resources 1n "Estim-
                            ated Future Hater Requirements" Lake Tahoe Basin", August, 1959.

                       4.   596,000 by 2010, Engineering-Science, Inc for the  Lake Tahoe
                            Area Council  in  "Comprehensive Study  on the Protection of Water
                            Resources of Lake Tahoe Basin  Through Controlled Haste Disposal"
                            June. 1963.

                       5.   475,400 by 2010, Engineering-Science. Inc for the  Lake Tafioe Area
                            Council 1n "A Regional Program for the Protection  of Water Resources
                            in the Lake Tahoe-Truckee  River Basin", 1967.

                       6.   648,100 holding  capacity,  Department  of Water Resources based on
                            "1956 Land Classification  Survey"  1n  a report.by Central District
                            office dated  January 19, 1970.

                       7.   £83,960 In 2010, Nevada Division of Hater Resources, cited In
                            Raymond H. Smith, "Nevada  Tahoe General  Plan", January. 1970.

                       8.   644,000 in 2020, Department of Water  Resources, Central District
                            August, 1970.

                       9.   266.000 at saturation, Eckba,  Dean, Austin ! Williams fn prelim-
                            inary  work on  "Tahoe Population Estimates and Projections", for
                            TRPA,  June,  1972.

                      10.   236.7(30 to 290.350 by  1090-2000. Economic Research Associates in
                            "Regional  Housing Element  Update"  for IRPA, December, 1972.
                                                    152

-------
in the formulation of their land use plan significantly lowered the
ultimate peak populations predicted by earlier studies.  If environmental
quality had been included among the factors used to determine the
earlier population projections, the disparity between these projections
and the TRPA projections would be considerably smaller.
                               153

-------
                               APPENDIX D


                          STATISTICAL ANALYSIS


 In seeking to establish quantitative relationships between land develop-
 ment and wastewater management, selected statistical tests were ap-
 plied to the data sets expressing these two activities.  Section VI
 provided a summary of the statistically significant results of these
 tests.   However it is useful to discuss some areas where tests re-
 sults imply important relationships but were not statistically signi-
 ficant, and thus suggest areas for further research.

 This appendix provides such a discussion,  and is organized around three
 statistical tests:   correlations,  factor analysis, and linear regres-
 o I U11 •

 Correlation_

 Pearson Product  Moment Correlation Coefficients  measure the degree of
 relationship  between  pairs  of variables.   These  coefficients range be-
 tween -1  through 0  to  +1; a correlation  of zero  indicates an independence
 Detween two phenomena, while a high correlation  indicates a linear
 relationship,  i.e., one variable increases as the  other increases(posi-
 tive  correlation) or one increases as the  other  decreases (negative cor-
 relation).  If the  value of the  coefficient passes the significance
 level  (a  function of the sample  size and chosen  confidence level),  the
 hypothesis  of linear independence  between  the two  variables is  rejected.

 It  is  possible to determine  the  statistical  significance  of the dif-
 ference between  two correlations,  however  the difference  between
 coefficients would  have  to be  very large for  a small sample size.   Al-
 though our  calculated  coefficients  range from .40  to .99,  it is only
 possible  to classify them into three actual categories—significantly
 positive, significantly negative,  or zero—due to  the  small  number  of
 observations (ranging  from 5-23).

 Initially, fifteen variables were  selected  for computation  of Pearson's
 Correlation Coefficients.  These variables were selected  to  reflect
 five categories:   land use, wastewater management, tourism,  population
 and market influences.  The following discussion examines the results
 of a county by county analysis.

 El  Dorado County--(Table D-l)  The 105 discrete correlation coefficients
are  all statistically significant with a high percentage significant at
the  .001  level.   Two important observations should be made:  all correla-
tions  indicate a  positive relationship;  and the small sample size
                                 154

-------
 (years of observation) prohibits differentiation of strengths between
 variables.  In sum, the correlation matrix merely indicates the entire
 array of variables has a significantly positive relationship.

 While it is true that all the factor quantities have increased during
 the 23-year period, it is nevertheless surprising that the entire array
 is significantly related.  The nature of this positive relationship may
 indicate future difficulty in determining the specific structure of the
 relationships.

 Placer County—(Table D-2)  Of the 105 iterations in the Placer County
matrix, only one negative correlation appears (wastewater flows with
 prime interest rate)  although the significance level is not statistical-
 ly valid.  With this exception the same observations hold as for those
 cited for El Dorado County.

 Douglas County~(Table D-3)  No important differences were observed in
 the Douglas County coefficients.  The five coefficients which are not
 statistically significant all involve permanent population figures which
 contain data gaps thus providing a likely explanation for a lack of
 correlation.

Washoe County—(Table D-4)  Of particular note is the coefficient for
 the Incline Village GID service area.  Since the district size has re-
mained the same since its formation in 1962, it is the only variable
which has remained constant and no coefficient could be computed for
 the variable.  In addition, the other two wastewater variables failed
 to have statistical significance in a number of cases.  Eight variables
failed to produce a significant correlation with average daily flow:
 building permits for multiple units, subdivision lot approvals, plant
capacity, traffic, skier days, permanent population, primary market area
and prime interest rate.  The lack of correlation with average daily
flow may be attributed to the fact that only five yearly observations
are available for flow data.   Plant capacity fails to correlate sig-
nificantly with permanent population and prime interest rate; in this
case the quality of data may explain the lack of significance in the
coefficients.

Summary—With the exceptions noted above, all land use, wastewater
management, tourism, population, and market influence variables show
a strong positive relationship.  The constraints imposed by the statis-
tically small number of observations seriously limit the interpreta-
tion of the results, and no internal statistical differentiation is
possible.

Factor Analysis

Factor Analysis is a statistical method for detecting underlying fac-
tors or characteristics in a group of variables.   Those variables
                                155

-------
Ul




-iagxe Faally Building Permlta
Multiple 7t3lly Building Pernit
~.;tiiv:si',c Lot Approvals
Asj«sssi a::in; Revenues
wcier Da/i
satin Perna-ent Population
County Percanent Population
rijf.-atlcn Projection! (Basin)
Pritary Market
Prlne Interest Rat*

lit Faaily
.ling Peralti
a -H
n m
1.00
.98
.9"*
.99
• 76
.65
.97
.71.
-98
.90
.99
.93
.98
.98
.6>»

m
x«>
•H -1
-« a
a t.
« «
u, P.
« »
 a.
to t


1.00
.98
.91
• 98
.90
.93
.88
.97
.98
.79
.99
.98
.89

<0
•
n
« V
M 



1.00
.89
.99
-91.
.68
.99
.93
.99
.90
.99
• 99
.81

>»
4»
•r*
4' U
a p.
PL. U




1.00
• 93
.65
.76
.88
• 89
.88
• 51*
• 91
.8li
.86

«
o
*4
h V
W «<





1.00
.60
.63
.90
.92
• 90
• 6?
.91
.88
.79

h
rH
•H
«
Q
«
M
«
• O
-
O K








1.00
.9".
.98
.86
.99
.98
.7U

. h
•< >»
V3 1=1









1.00
• 89
.72
.96
.95
.71

n Permanent
ilatlon
n o*
m a.










1.00
.9>i
.98
.98
.68

ity Permanent
ilatlon
3 P.
u e.











1.00
.85
.68
.67

ilatlon
ectlons (Baoln)
a. o
f. e.












1.00
-90
• T8 '

>,
i. *A
0 «
~< U
e. X













1.00
• 7k

ne Interest
-^ «>
&. c;















                                                                       Table 0-1:  CORRELATION COEFFICIENTS — EL DORADO COUNTY

-------

Single Family Building Permits
Multiple Faaily Building Permit!
Subdivision Lot Approvals
Assessed Value
"last Capacity
Tervioe Area
Average tally Flow


:..:.:.-.<; Revenues
."icier fays
Lasin permanent Population
Jcuzty Permanent Population
"cr-liticn Projections (Basin)
Frinry Market
?ri=.e Interest Rate
Single Family
Building Permits
1.00
.89
.96
.97
.77
.98
.78
.97

.99
.9k
.96
.97
.99
.98
.6k
K4>
l-l ft
fi a
9S
b, ft.
«l U
IH a
P.-*
»< -a
+J r-t
1-1 ft
3 3
X »

1.00
.79
.96
.96
.93
.75
• 91

.93
.82
.77
.95
.87
.83
.57
Subdivision Lot
Approvals


1.00
.9k
.68
.8U
• 65
.97

.96
.95
.98
.9k
.96
.99
.89
Asseaaed
Value



1.00
.8k
.9k
.70
.97

.98
.91
.92
.99
.96
.9k
.82
Plant
Capacity




1.00
.83
.62
.76

.75
.67
.61
.81
.65
.70
.57
Service
Area





1.00
.65
.89

• 92
.96
.79
.9k
.89
.93
.77
Average Daily 1
Flow






1.00
.6k

.76
.62
.7k
.7k
.71
• 69
-.08
Traffic
Voluae







1.00

• 97
.91
.97
• .98
.97
• 97
.88
V
M 9
o a
ft «
B >
« «
O K









1.00
.92
.96
.98
.98
.96
.72
h
f> K
X *
to a










1.00
.92
.92
.96
.96
.76
Basin Pertinent
Population











1.00
.93
.98
.98
.88
County Permanent
Population












1.00
.98
.95
.73
Population
Projections (Basin)













1.00
.99
.76
Primary
Market














1.00
.7k
\
C
+*
C -
M
tl
s • ;
C-. K















l.CO
Table 0 - 2:  CORRELATION COEFFICIENTS -- PLACER COUNTY

-------
Oi
00




single raniljr Building Permits
Multiple Family Building Permit!
Subdirlsion Lot Approvals
[Assessed Value
j: iar.v Capacity
,"*rvlje Arc*
Averege Tilly Flew
Traffic Vslu=e
ji-'.-z Seveaues
i/.ier Days
ri*ii Percanent Population
County Permanent Population
:\Tal«tica Prcjectlona (Basin)
?ri=ary Market
?rir.e Ir.terest Rate

•
«i
«4
NB
t-« »«
i V
HO,
*
fr, M
a
•i «
<-( «
C «4
v* m
1.00
.98
.92
.96
.78
.68
.95
.7.2
.98
• 91
.90
.91.
• 98
-99
.69

•
KO
rl *•
•H a
Si:
m fe
v to
tH a
O.T)
 ^
•rt 0
X> A
M-<


1.00
-97
.SO
.87
-79
.92
• 97
.91.
-97
.96
• 97
• 9k
.86

•a
•
•
• •
M ^1
•« >



1.00
.86
.95
.86
.72
.98
.97
.9"*
• 91
.99
• 98
.71

K
4»
*4
4> O
« A
ft. 0




1.00
.91
.66
.58
.76
.89
.71
• 78
.79
.81(
.79

•
o
*4
U Cl
CO ^





1.00
.80
.71
.69
• 97
.81.
• 77
.90
• 92
.82

K
iH
vl
«
a
•
u
«
« o
•< K






1.00
.87
.89
.80
• 97
.80
.89
.92
.63

V
*• •
S§
« r4
t-« r»







1 .00
.86
.69
.93
• 53
.85
.72
.82

•
•
M a
a e
e >
O K








1.00
• 9k
.98
• 93
.99
.98
.7k

h
•*• K
• Interest
»
•« •*
e.s














1.00
                                                                      Table D -  3t  CORRELATION  COEFFICIENTS --  DOUGLAS  COUNTY

-------
\O

Single Family Building Permits
Multiple Faaily Building Permit!
Subdivision Lot Approvals
Ass-ssei Value
riar.t. Capacity
Service Area
Average Daily Flow
Traffic Volu=e
-•srlr-g Sevenaes
if.ier Hays
iaain "Pereanent Population
Jcusxy Permanent Population
S^F-ilation Projections (Basin)
"rinary Market
Frite Ir.terea*. Kate
•
4*
1*4
H fl
t-l t<
-I «l
go.
h, to
a
« 
d a
>H V
n
O K








1.00
.92
.96
.79
.98
-96
.72
41 •
Sfr
can









1.00
.92
.89
.96
.96
.76
Basin Permaneat
Population










1.00
.86
.98
.98
.88
County Permanent
Population











1.00
.8U
.85
.58
Population
Projections (Saaln)












1.00
.99
.79
Primary
Market













1.00
.7".
4*
•
«
b
0
*>
e
M
tt
e •
•* *»
k mt
C. K














I. 00
                                                                       7able D - 4:  CORRELATION COEFF1CIEN7S — HASHOE  COUNTY

-------
which  share  common  variance and therefore are assumed to be related
are grouped  together under one factor.  By reducing a cluster of
related variables into  one theoretical construct (a factor) the re-
searchers can then  deal  with fewer measures in further analysis.  This
grouping will also  demonstrate relationships that may not be evident
from the original correlation matrices.

The large number of variables which exhibit strong positive correlations
in the land  development  process suggest the application of factor analy-
sis to reduce the number of variables  and cluster those which tend to
vary as a group.  The fifteen variables selected for correlation analy-
sis were initially  entered into the SPSS factor analysis routine with-
out designating the number of desired  factors.  The number of factors
generated ranged from four in Washoe County to one in Douglas County,
however the  clusters of  variables  determined did not suggest any
logical structure.

A second set of factor matrices  was subsequently computed with a pre-
designation of six  factors.   The resulting  clusters of variables again
proved inconclusive for  further  analytical  purposes.  Table D-5 in-
dicates the relative strength  and  composition of this second set of
factors.












f







1
•Q
— 1



Of



,
I

LU .
§
i



J
Wastewater Service
Area t
Prime Interest Rate





Prime Interest Rate



Permanent Popula-
tion >•
Wstewater ToUT
Flows
astewater Daily
Flows

ulldfng Pennits--
Stngle Foully
ubdi vision
Approvals
enunent Popula-
tion
astewater Service
Area

2
Traffic
1





West water Service
'Area ....
Wastewater Assess-
ment Are*



Prime Interest Rat
.- * j
•
Skier Days
Wastewater Cost

	
FACTOR
3
Uastewater Assess-
ment Area





Building Permits—
Multlple
Assessed Valuation
Plant Capacity



Traffic

•
•Wastewater Plant
Capacity
Prlne Interest
Rate

— 	

4
Wastewater Plant
Capacity
Wastewater Service
Area
•Total Flows



Skier Days
Wastewater Servlc
Area



Skier Days
Wastewater Service
Area


Wastewater Dally
Flow

- -

5
Permanent
Population





Wastewater Dally
Flows
•Wastewater
Service Area



Building Permits-
Multiple & M/H
Uastewater Plant
Capacity

Building Permits—
Multiple & M/H
Assessed Valuation
Projected Popula-
tion
Wastewater Service
Area
Primary Market

6
Subdivision
Approvals
Gaming Revenues
Skier Days
Population Projec-
tion
•Permanent Popula-
tion
Bunding PermJtS"
Sfngle Family
Subdivision
Approvals
Permanent Popula-
tion
Projected Popula-
tion
Primary '.'xrVft
Subdivision
Approvals
Assessed Valuation
Naming Revenues
projected Popula-
tion .
Building Permlts-
M/H
Gaming Revenues
Wastewater Total
Flows


   •Negative Influence

   Table  D-'j  SUMMARY OF FACTOR ANALYSIS   (Factors above .30 level)
                               160

-------
Linear Regression

Stepwise Multiple Regressions determine which variables best explain or
predict the variation in others.  In the SPSS procedure, the first in-
dependent variable to enter the prediction equation has the highest
correlation with the dependent variable.  The remaining independent
variables are entered one at a time in an order such that each step
maximizes the explained variation.  Thus when all  variables with sig-
nificant contributions to the prediction equation  have been entered,
their ordering theoretically shows a hierarchy of  .importance in the
explanation of variation in the dependent, or predicted variable.   At
each step an F statistic is calculated to test the significance of
variation accounted for at that step (R^).  This statistic is then com-
pared to a table of the F distribution under the appropriate number of
degrees of freedom (a function of the number of variables already in
the equation and the number of observations, or years, on which the
equation is based).  Positive correlations cannot  be  distinguished from
one another using small sample sizes, and if these are the basis of the
multiple regression steps, the resulting prediction equation is in-
determinate.

Through the use of linear regression, the degree of dependence between
variables can be determined, and causality can be inferred if the
independent variable clearly precedes the dependent variable in time.

Using county-specific data, regression equations were calculated for
selected dependent variables.  Since reliable time series data were
limited to El Dorado and Placer Counties, regression equations were
computed for only these two units.

The following data constituted the dependent variables not discussed in
Section VI:  wastewater treatment plant flows, wastewater service dis-
trict area, subdivision lot approvals, building permits issued, popula-
tion projections (from 1980 Plant prepared in 1963), and primary market
population.  (These dependent variables provide measures of wastewater
management, land use, and exogenous factors.)

The following discussions are based on Tables D-6 and D-7 which summar-
ize the results of the stepwise regressions for El Dorado and Placer
Counties respectively.  (Note:  These Tables contain only the sequence
and R2 coefficient of determination for variables with statistical
significance.)

Wastewater flows

Building permits constitute the only significant R^ in explaining
treatment plant flows, thus indicating that single family building
permits at the North Shore, and total building permits at the South
Shore are the best indicators of increased flows.
                                161

-------
                                         IB
                                         o1
ro




»
ro

co
t-*
09
a
• H-
1 -,
O
P
a
c+

p
ct

•
O
H
C
a
M
n
v>
M
D
O
d-
A
PL.





(V
0
1
o\
M tfl
t-1 a
s
a s
0 >
td td
> K
O
0 0
o
^D C/)
C 1-3
a w
1-3 *O
h^ |
^
l-l
W
M

bd
0
M
Pd
en
OS
H
0
S3

td
JO
G
M
0
2
K)
1
DEPENDENT
VARIABLES
Treatment Plant
Total Yearly Flov
Subdivision
Approvals
Total Building
Permits
STPUD Service
District Area
Population
Projection —
I960 Plan
Primary Market
INDEPENDENT VARIABLES AND E2
Step 1
Total
Building (.96
Permits
Gross
Gaming • ( .9!* ]
Revenues
Plant
Yearly (.96)
Flow
Gross
Gaming (.86)
Revenues
Subdivision
Approval (.97)
Subdivision
Approval ( .97)
Step 2
STPUD Service
District (.98)
Area
Treatment
Plant (.98)
Capacity
STPUD
Service ( .98)
District
Treatment
Plant • (.91)
Capacity

rotal
Building (.99)
Permits
Step 3

Plant
Yearly (.99)
Flow

Subdivision
Approval (.93)

•
Step U







-------
 *

n
  ro

 la
o n
t->- a
n  M-
p  n

c+  a
    cf
P
c
a
H
ID
ta
M

a
o

n
p-
               P
               o"
               H
               n

               O

                I
•xJ CQ
f C

o S



o
o o

s>
« CO
               H

               CO
               0
               CO

               CO
              w
               I
               I
DEPENDENT
VARIABLES
NTPUD and TCPUD
Average Daily
Flows
NTPUD and TCPUD
Service Area
Population
Projection --
1980 Plan
Primary Market
Subdivision
Approvals
Single Family
Building Permits
INDEPENDENT VARIABLES AND E2
Step 1
Single Family
Building (.78)'
Permits
Perman'ent
Popula- (.90)
tion
NTPUD & TCPUD
Service ( .96)
Area
NTPUD & TCPUD
Service ( .96)
Area
Permanent
County ( .88)
Population
Traffic
Volume (.98)
Step 2

Ski Days--
North (.96)
Shore
Traffic
Volume (.98)
Subdivision
Approval ( . 98 )
Multiple Family
Motel/ (.9M
Hotel Building
Permits

Step 3

HTPUD & TCPUD
Plant (.98)
Capacity
NTPUD & TCPUD
Plant (.99)
Capacity

Traffic
Volume (.97)

Step 1+




Single Family
Building (.99)
Permits


-------
 Wastewater  Service

 Annexations to  service districts are statistically explained by 1) gross
 gaming  revenues,  2)  treatment  plant capacity, and 3) subdivision lot
 approvals  in the  south; and  1)  permanent population, 2) skier days,
 and  3)  plant capacity in the north.

 Subdivision Lot Approvals

 Gross gaming revenues provide  the  initial regression variables in El
 Dorado  County,  followed by plant capacity; while in Placer County the
 first step  variable  is permanent population and the second step variable
 is multiple and motel/hotel building permits.  The contrast between the
 two  counties may  indicate that  El  Dorado County subdivision activity
 is stimulated by  the South Shore gaming (either through direct economic
 activity or through  high visitor days), and Placer County subdivision
 activity reflects demand through population and construction.  This
 in turn may indicate a stronger regulation of land use in Placer County
 in contrast with  El Dorado County's implicit support of extensive land
 speculation.

 Building Permits

 Wastewater  management variables enter the first two steps of the regres-
 sion equation for El Dorado County building permits.  Treatment plant
 yearly  flow is  the first step variable (R2 = .96) with STPUD service
 district contributing .02 for an R2 of .98 after two steps.  In  Placer
 County  only one variable, traffic volume, enters the regression, contri-
 buting  a .98R2  as the initial variable.

 The  relationship  in El Dorado County between building permits and waste-
 water flows  would normally be expected.  However, the relationship be-
 tween building  permits and traffic volume in Placer County may indicate
 a high  number of seasonal residents and short-term visitors.

 Population  Projections

 It is clear  from the research described in Appendix C that population
 projections  have played a central role in wastewater management facility
 planning at  Lake Tahoe.  Therefore, a regression equation has been com-
 puted using  as a dependent variable the population projection developed
 by Wilsey,  Ham and Blair for the 1980 Regional  Plan (prepared in 1963).

 El Dorado County—Subdivision approvals are the primary step variable,
 resulting in a  .98 coefficient of determination.  The contribution of
 sequential  variables is extremely small although statistically signifi-
 cant (gaming revenues, wastewater management plant capacity, and waste-
water flows follow in the subsequent steps). Since subdivision approvals
at Lake Tahoe are in considerable excess of actual demand (30,000 vacant
 lots),  one could argue that population projections were not accurate
projections of demand, but rather influences contributing to an over-
supply of subdivided land.
                                164

-------
Placer County—Significant differences are again apparent between the
two case study counties.  Wastewater service area, traffic, and treat-
ment plant capacity are the first three variables in the North Shore
equation, resulting in a coefficient of determination of .99 in the
third step.  The absence of subdivision approvals and the appearance of
two wastewater measures in the first three regression steps indicates
a totally different response to population projections between the
North and South Shores.  From the results of the regression it would
appear that the expansions of wastewater management facilities were
considerably influenced by high population projections.

Primary Market Population

As anticipated, subdivision approvals are first and second step varia-
bles in the primary market equations; total building permits follow
subdivision approvals in El Dorado County, and service area growth pre-
cedes subdivision approvals in Placer County.
                                  165

-------
                              APPENDIX  E
              LAND  USE AND WASTEWATER MANAGEMENT DATA SETS

 This  appendix is an  index to  the time-series data sets and the reporting
 units which  were used in the  quantitative analysis section of this re-
 port.  It  is presented  here to provide  background information for the
 reader.  Actual data are compiled in a  supplementary appendix.
 1.  Subdivision Approvals—County
    a.   single family residential (lots)
    b.   multiple family residential (units)
    c.   cumulative  (lots)
 2.  Building Permits—County
    a.   single family residential (permits)
    b.   motel/hotel  (units)
    c.   multiple family (units)
    d.   cumulative, each category above (permits or units)
    e.   total (units)
    f.   cumulative total (units)
 3.  Housing  Units—County
    a.   single family residential (units)
    b.   motel/hotel (units)
    c.   multiple family residential  (units)
    d.   total (units)
 4.  Assessed Valuation—County (dollars)
 5.  Treatment Plant Capacities—Wastewater Management District (gallons)
 6.  District Annexations—Wastewater Management District  (acres)
 7.  Assessment District Size—Wastewater Management  District  (acres)
8.  Total Service Area—Wastewater Management District (acres)
9.  Recorded Plant  Flows—By  Wastewater  Management District
    a.  average daily flow  (gallons)
    b.  total yearly flow  (gallons)
                                166

-------
 10.  Capital  Costs—Wastewater  Management District

      a.  federal  (  dollars)
      b.  state (dollars)
      c.  local (dollars)
      d.  cumulative for each  category above  ( dollars)

 11.  Gaming Revenues—County  (dollars)

 12.  Vehicles Entering Tahoe  Basin

      a.  Highways 50, 89,  19, 27  (average vehicles per day)

 13.  Recreation Activity—North Shore; South Shore

      a.  skier days  (user  days)
      b.  outdoor recreation (user days)

 14.  Utility  Customers, South Shore

      a.   electrical  services  (service connections)
      b.   telephones  (service connections)
      c.   STPUD (service connections)

 15.   Population—County

      a.   permanent  (persons)
      b.   seasonal (persons)
      c.   peak  (persons)

 16.   Total Basin Population

      a.   permanent (persons)
      b.   seasonal  (persons)
      c.   peak  (persons)

 17.   Peak Population Projections—Total  Basin

     a.  1980 Plan;  1963  (persons)
     b.  ESI;  1963 (persons)
     c.  Ray Smith;  1973  (persons)

18.  Primary Market  Area  (families)

19.  Prime Interest  Rate  (percent)
                                167

-------
 SELECTED WATER
 RESOURCES ABSTRACTS

 INPUT TRANSACTION FORM
                                                                      Accession No.
                                                                w
  4. Title
         Influences of Wastewater  Management on Land Use:
           Tahoe Basin 1950-1972
  7. Autlw(s)
           James E. Pepper and  Robert Jurgenson
            University of California
            Santa  Cruz, California
                                                                    10.
                                                                          l No
                                                                11. Contract/Grant No.

                                                                 68-01-1842
                       1ro                            i'   '
 15. supplementary Notes   Environmental Protection Agency     ~'"
                    Report NO..EPA-600/5-74-019, October 1971*
 w. Ab.i»ct   statistical analysis Indicates  that wastewater Infrastructure projects have
  had a significant Influence on the  land use  pattern In the Lake Tahoe Basin.  Land use
  densities have Increased Immediately  following the expansion of plant capacities 1n
  areas serviced by three of the four major wastewater treatment facilities.  The sub-
  division approval rate of raw land  was also  foufld to be a function of anticipated
  treatment capacity.  Federal and state water quality agencies played an active and
  central role 1n wastewater management programs designed to remove the threat of water
  pollution at Lake Tahoe.  Cooperation among  all  levels of government led to expeditious
  resolution of the water quality problem In spite of the numerous geographic, economic
  and political constraints 1n the region.  However, the provision of sewerage
  facilities also removed land development  constraints.  Local governments, acting
  without coordinated land use policies, permitted Intensive land uses which could ott
  have occurred with septic tank treatment.  These Increases In land use have sub-
  sequently produced major environmental problems  1n the Tahoe Basin.  Thus, the
  singular focus on water quality led touunforeseen environmental Impacts resulting from
  the land use changes made possible  by the provision of extensive sewerage systems.

  "This report was submitted 1n fulfillment of Contract Number 68-01-1842 under the    .
  sponsorship of the Office of Research and Development, Environmental Protection Agency."
 17u.  Descriptors
 17b. Idenliiitis
              Wastewater Treatment Facilities
             Land Use
 17c.  COWRR 1'iclcl & Group
 1 8. Availability

     UTTC
     n>19
19.- Security Qtst,
                          2ft, jSeoatty Claw.
                        ^ At (Page)
                                                   Send To:


                                                   WATCH MOOURCU SCIKNTIPIC INFORMATION CKNTM
                                                   US. MMMTMCNT Of TUB INTIMIOH
                                                   WAMINOTON. DA. tOt4O
 Abs
tractor Harold V.  Klbby
                                       institution
                         Environmental  Protection Agency
WRSIC 102 (REV. JUNE 19711
                                                                                  G P O 488435

-------